updated for version 7.4.452

Problem:    Can't build with tiny features. (Tony Mechelynck)
Solution:   Use "return" instead of "break".

.gitignore

@@ -36,6 +36,18 @@ src/Obj*/pathdef.c
 gvimext.dll
 gvimext.lib
 
+# Borland C++
+bcc.cfg
+*.ilc
+*.ild
+*.ilf
+*.ils
+*.map
+*.tds
+
+# NetBeans
+nbproject/*
+
 # Mac OSX
 src/xxd/xxd.dSYM
 
@@ -46,14 +58,16 @@ src/xxd/xxd.dSYM
 *.swp
 *~
 *.pyc
+*.log
 src/po/vim.pot
 
 # Generated by "make test"
-src/po/*.ck 
-src/testdir/mbyte.vim 
-src/testdir/mzscheme.vim 
-src/testdir/lua.vim 
-src/testdir/small.vim 
-src/testdir/tiny.vim 
+src/po/*.ck
+src/testdir/mbyte.vim
+src/testdir/mzscheme.vim
+src/testdir/lua.vim
+src/testdir/small.vim
+src/testdir/tiny.vim
 src/testdir/test*.out
 src/testdir/test.log
+src/memfile_test

Filelist

@@ -3,6 +3,7 @@
 
 # source files for all source archives
 SRC_ALL =	\
+		.hgignore \
 		src/README.txt \
 		src/arabic.c \
 		src/arabic.h \
@@ -10,6 +11,8 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/blowfish.c \
 		src/buffer.c \
 		src/charset.c \
+		src/crypt.c \
+		src/crypt_zip.c \
 		src/diff.c \
 		src/digraph.c \
 		src/edit.c \
@@ -79,11 +82,17 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/xxd/xxd.c \
 		src/main.aap \
 		src/testdir/main.aap \
+		src/testdir/README.txt \
 		src/testdir/*.in \
+		src/testdir/sautest/autoload/*.vim \
 		src/testdir/test[0-9]*.ok \
+		src/testdir/test[0-9]*a.ok \
+		src/testdir/test_[a-z]*.ok \
 		src/testdir/test49.vim \
 		src/testdir/test60.vim \
 		src/testdir/test83-tags? \
+		src/testdir/test77a.com \
+		src/testdir/test_*.vim \
 		src/testdir/python2/*.py \
 		src/testdir/python3/*.py \
 		src/testdir/pythonx/*.py \
@@ -97,6 +106,8 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/proto/blowfish.pro \
 		src/proto/buffer.pro \
 		src/proto/charset.pro \
+		src/proto/crypt.pro \
+		src/proto/crypt_zip.pro \
 		src/proto/diff.pro \
 		src/proto/digraph.pro \
 		src/proto/edit.pro \
@@ -283,6 +294,8 @@ SRC_DOS =	\
 		src/dosinst.h \
 		src/glbl_ime.cpp \
 		src/glbl_ime.h \
+		src/gui_dwrite.cpp \
+		src/gui_dwrite.h \
 		src/gui_w16.c \
 		src/gui_w32.c \
 		src/gui_w48.c \

runtime/autoload/getscript.vim

@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
 " ---------------------------------------------------------------------
 " getscript.vim
 "  Author:	Charles E. Campbell
-"  Date:	Apr 17, 2013
-"  Version:	35
+"  Date:	Jan 21, 2014
+"  Version:	36
 "  Installing:	:help glvs-install
 "  Usage:	:help glvs
 "
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@
 if exists("g:loaded_getscript")
  finish
 endif
-let g:loaded_getscript= "v35"
+let g:loaded_getscript= "v36"
 if &cp
  echoerr "GetLatestVimScripts is not vi-compatible; not loaded (you need to set nocp)"
  finish
@@ -208,8 +208,8 @@ fun! getscript#GetLatestVimScripts()
   let lastline    = line("$")
 "  call Decho("lastline#".lastline)
   let firstdir    = substitute(&rtp,',.*$','','')
-  let plugins     = split(globpath(firstdir,"plugin/*.vim"),'\n')
-  let plugins     = plugins + split(globpath(firstdir,"AsNeeded/*.vim"),'\n')
+  let plugins     = split(globpath(firstdir,"plugin/**/*.vim"),'\n')
+  let plugins     = plugins + split(globpath(firstdir,"AsNeeded/**/*.vim"),'\n')
   let foundscript = 0
 
   " this loop updates the GetLatestVimScripts.dat file

runtime/autoload/htmlcomplete.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,49 @@
 " Vim completion script
 " Language:	HTML and XHTML
 " Maintainer:	Mikolaj Machowski ( mikmach AT wp DOT pl )
-" Last Change:	2011 Apr 28
+" Last Change:	2014 Jun 20
+
+" Distinguish between HTML versions.
+" To use with other HTML versions add another "elseif" condition to match
+" proper DOCTYPE.
+function! htmlcomplete#DetectOmniFlavor()
+  if &filetype == 'xhtml'
+    let b:html_omni_flavor = 'xhtml10s'
+  else
+    let b:html_omni_flavor = 'html401t'
+  endif
+  let i = 1
+  let line = ""
+  while i < 10 && i < line("$")
+    let line = getline(i)
+    if line =~ '<!DOCTYPE.*\<DTD '
+      break
+    endif
+    let i += 1
+  endwhile
+  if line =~ '<!DOCTYPE.*\<DTD '  " doctype line found above
+    if line =~ ' HTML 3\.2'
+      let b:html_omni_flavor = 'html32'
+    elseif line =~ ' XHTML 1\.1'
+      let b:html_omni_flavor = 'xhtml11'
+    else    " two-step detection with strict/frameset/transitional
+      if line =~ ' XHTML 1\.0'
+	let b:html_omni_flavor = 'xhtml10'
+      elseif line =~ ' HTML 4\.01'
+	let b:html_omni_flavor = 'html401'
+      elseif line =~ ' HTML 4.0\>'
+	let b:html_omni_flavor = 'html40'
+      endif
+      if line =~ '\<Transitional\>'
+	let b:html_omni_flavor .= 't'
+      elseif line =~ '\<Frameset\>'
+	let b:html_omni_flavor .= 'f'
+      else
+	let b:html_omni_flavor .= 's'
+      endif
+    endif
+  endif
+endfunction
 
 function! htmlcomplete#CompleteTags(findstart, base)
   if a:findstart

runtime/autoload/netrwSettings.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " netrwSettings.vim: makes netrw settings simpler
-" Date:		May 03, 2013
+" Date:		Aug 27, 2013
 " Maintainer:	Charles E Campbell <drchipNOSPAM at campbellfamily dot biz>
-" Version:	14a	ASTRO-ONLY
+" Version:	14
 " Copyright:    Copyright (C) 1999-2007 Charles E. Campbell {{{1
 "               Permission is hereby granted to use and distribute this code,
 "               with or without modifications, provided that this copyright
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@
 if exists("g:loaded_netrwSettings") || &cp
   finish
 endif
-let g:loaded_netrwSettings = "v14a"
+let g:loaded_netrwSettings = "v14"
 if v:version < 700
  echohl WarningMsg
  echo "***warning*** this version of netrwSettings needs vim 7.0"
@@ -98,6 +98,11 @@ fun! netrwSettings#NetrwSettings()
 
   put = ''
   put ='+ Netrw Browser Control'
+  if exists("g:netrw_altfile")
+   put = 'let g:netrw_altfile   = '.g:netrw_altfile
+  else
+   put = 'let g:netrw_altfile   = 0'
+  endif
   put = 'let g:netrw_alto              = '.g:netrw_alto
   put = 'let g:netrw_altv              = '.g:netrw_altv
   put = 'let g:netrw_banner            = '.g:netrw_banner

runtime/autoload/netrw_gitignore.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+" netrw_gitignore#Hide: gitignore-based hiding
+"  Function returns a string of comma separated patterns convenient for
+"  assignment to `g:netrw_list_hide` option.
+"  Function can take additional filenames as arguments, example:
+"  netrw_gitignore#Hide('custom_gitignore1', 'custom_gitignore2')
+"
+" Usage examples:
+"  let g:netrw_list_hide = netrw_gitignore#Hide()
+"  let g:netrw_list_hide = netrw_gitignore#Hide() . 'more,hide,patterns'
+"
+" Copyright:    Copyright (C) 2013 Bruno Sutic {{{1
+"               Permission is hereby granted to use and distribute this code,
+"               with or without modifications, provided that this copyright
+"               notice is copied with it. Like anything else that's free,
+"               netrw_gitignore.vim is provided *as is* and comes with no
+"               warranty of any kind, either expressed or implied. By using
+"               this plugin, you agree that in no event will the copyright
+"               holder be liable for any damages resulting from the use
+"               of this software.
+function! netrw_gitignore#Hide(...)
+  let additional_files = a:000
+
+  let default_files = ['.gitignore', '.git/info/exclude']
+
+  " get existing global/system gitignore files
+  let global_gitignore = expand(substitute(system("git config --global core.excludesfile"), '\n', '', 'g'))
+  if global_gitignore !=# ''
+    let default_files = add(default_files, global_gitignore)
+  endif
+  let system_gitignore = expand(substitute(system("git config --system core.excludesfile"), '\n', '', 'g'))
+  if system_gitignore !=# ''
+    let default_files = add(default_files, system_gitignore)
+  endif
+
+  " append additional files if given as function arguments
+  if additional_files !=# []
+    let files = extend(default_files, additional_files)
+  else
+    let files = default_files
+  endif
+
+  " keep only existing/readable files
+  let gitignore_files = []
+  for file in files
+    if filereadable(file)
+      let gitignore_files = add(gitignore_files, file)
+    endif
+  endfor
+
+  " get contents of gitignore patterns from those files
+  let gitignore_lines = []
+  for file in gitignore_files
+    for line in readfile(file)
+      " filter empty lines and comments
+      if line !~# '^#' && line !~# '^$'
+        let gitignore_lines = add(gitignore_lines, line)
+      endif
+    endfor
+  endfor
+
+  " convert gitignore patterns to Netrw/Vim regex patterns
+  let escaped_lines = []
+  for line in gitignore_lines
+    let escaped       = line
+    let escaped       = substitute(escaped, '\.', '\\.', 'g')
+    let escaped       = substitute(escaped, '*', '.*', 'g')
+    let escaped_lines = add(escaped_lines, escaped)
+  endfor
+
+  return join(escaped_lines, ',')
+endfunction

runtime/colors/README.txt

@@ -36,6 +36,14 @@ Some attributes (e.g., bold) might be set in the defaults that you want
 removed in your color scheme.  Use something like "gui=NONE" to remove the
 attributes.
 
+In case you want to set 'background' depending on the colorscheme selected,
+this autocmd might be useful:
+     autocmd SourcePre */colors/blue_sky.vim set background=dark
+Replace "blue_sky" with the name of the colorscheme.
+
+In case you want to tweak a colorscheme after it was loaded, check out that
+ColorScheme autocmd event.
+
 To see which highlight group is used where, find the help for
 "highlight-groups" and "group-name".
 

runtime/colors/delek.vim

@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 " Vim color file
-" Maintainer:	David Schweikert <dws@ee.ethz.ch>
-" Last Change:	2006 Apr 30
+" Maintainer:	David Schweikert <david@schweikert.ch>
+" Last Change:	2014 Mar 19
 
 hi clear
 
-let colors_name = "delek"
+let g:colors_name = "delek"
 
 " Normal should come first
 hi Normal     guifg=Black  guibg=White
@@ -28,7 +28,11 @@ hi NonText    ctermfg=Blue	   gui=bold guifg=gray guibg=white
 hi Pmenu      guibg=LightBlue
 hi PmenuSel   ctermfg=White	   ctermbg=DarkBlue  guifg=White  guibg=DarkBlue
 hi Question   ctermfg=DarkGreen    gui=bold guifg=SeaGreen
-hi Search     ctermfg=NONE	   ctermbg=Yellow guibg=Yellow guifg=NONE
+if &background == "light"
+    hi Search     ctermfg=NONE	   ctermbg=Yellow guibg=Yellow guifg=NONE
+else
+    hi Search     ctermfg=Black	   ctermbg=Yellow guibg=Yellow guifg=Black
+endif
 hi SpecialKey ctermfg=DarkBlue	   guifg=Blue
 hi StatusLine cterm=bold	   ctermbg=blue ctermfg=yellow guibg=gold guifg=blue
 hi StatusLineNC	cterm=bold	   ctermbg=blue ctermfg=black  guibg=gold guifg=blue

runtime/colors/industry.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+" Vim color file
+" Maintainer:	Shian Lee 
+" Last Change:	2014 Mar 6 (for vim 7.4)
+" Remark:	"industry" stands for 'industrial' color scheme. In industrial
+"		HMI (Human-Machine-Interface) programming, using a standard color
+"               scheme is mandatory in many cases (in traffic-lights for example): 
+"               LIGHT_RED is	    'Warning' 
+"               LIGHT_YELLOW is	    'Attention' 
+"               LIGHT_GREEN is	    'Normal' 
+"               LIGHT_MAGENTA is    'Warning-Attention' (light RED-YELLOW)
+"               LIGHT_CYAN is	    'Attention-Normal'  (light YELLOW-GREEN).
+"               BLACK is	    Dark-High-Contrast Background for maximum safety.
+"               BLUE is		    Shade of BLACK (not supposed to get attention).
+"
+"               Industrial color scheme is by nature clear, safe and productive. 
+"               Yet, depends on the file type's syntax, it might appear incorrect. 
+
+" Reset to dark background, then reset everything to defaults:
+set background=dark
+highlight clear
+if exists("syntax_on")
+    syntax reset
+endif
+
+let colors_name = "industry"
+
+" First set Normal to regular white on black text colors:
+hi Normal ctermfg=LightGray ctermbg=Black guifg=#dddddd	guibg=Black
+
+" Syntax highlighting (other color-groups using default, see :help group-name):
+hi Comment    cterm=NONE ctermfg=DarkCyan    	gui=NONE guifg=#00aaaa   	 
+hi Constant   cterm=NONE ctermfg=LightCyan   	gui=NONE guifg=#00ffff   	
+hi Identifier cterm=NONE ctermfg=LightMagenta   gui=NONE guifg=#ff00ff   
+hi Function   cterm=NONE ctermfg=LightGreen   	gui=NONE guifg=#00ff00   	
+hi Statement  cterm=NONE ctermfg=White	     	gui=bold guifg=#ffffff	     	
+hi PreProc    cterm=NONE ctermfg=Yellow		gui=NONE guifg=#ffff00 	
+hi Type	      cterm=NONE ctermfg=LightGreen	gui=bold guifg=#00ff00 		
+hi Special    cterm=NONE ctermfg=LightRed    	gui=NONE guifg=#ff0000    	
+hi Delimiter  cterm=NONE ctermfg=Yellow    	gui=NONE guifg=#ffff00    	
+

runtime/compiler/gcc.vim

@@ -25,10 +25,10 @@ CompilerSet errorformat=
       \%f:%l:\ %tarning:\ %m,
       \%f:%l:\ %m,
       \\"%f\"\\,\ line\ %l%*\\D%c%*[^\ ]\ %m,
-      \%D%*\\a[%*\\d]:\ Entering\ directory\ `%f',
-      \%X%*\\a[%*\\d]:\ Leaving\ directory\ `%f',
-      \%D%*\\a:\ Entering\ directory\ `%f',
-      \%X%*\\a:\ Leaving\ directory\ `%f',
+      \%D%*\\a[%*\\d]:\ Entering\ directory\ [`']%f',
+      \%X%*\\a[%*\\d]:\ Leaving\ directory\ [`']%f',
+      \%D%*\\a:\ Entering\ directory\ [`']%f',
+      \%X%*\\a:\ Leaving\ directory\ [`']%f',
       \%DMaking\ %*\\a\ in\ %f
 
 if exists('g:compiler_gcc_ignore_unmatched_lines')

runtime/compiler/go.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+" Vim compiler file
+" Compiler:	Go
+" Maintainer:	David Barnett (https://github.com/google/vim-ft-go)
+" Last Change:	2014 Aug 16
+
+if exists('current_compiler')
+  finish
+endif
+let current_compiler = 'go'
+
+if exists(':CompilerSet') != 2
+  command -nargs=* CompilerSet setlocal <args>
+endif
+
+let s:save_cpo = &cpo
+set cpo-=C
+
+CompilerSet makeprg=go\ build
+CompilerSet errorformat=
+    \%-G#\ %.%#,
+    \%A%f:%l:%c:\ %m,
+    \%A%f:%l:\ %m,
+    \%C%*\\s%m,
+    \%-G%.%#
+
+let &cpo = s:save_cpo
+unlet s:save_cpo
+
+" vim: sw=2 sts=2 et

runtime/doc/autocmd.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*autocmd.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2013 Aug 04
+*autocmd.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Aug 22
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -278,6 +278,7 @@ Name			triggered by ~
 |ShellCmdPost|		after executing a shell command
 |ShellFilterPost|	after filtering with a shell command
 
+|CmdUndefined|		a user command is used but it isn't defined
 |FuncUndefined|		a user function is used but it isn't defined
 |SpellFileMissing|	a spell file is used but it can't be found
 |SourcePre|		before sourcing a Vim script
@@ -304,6 +305,9 @@ Name			triggered by ~
 |InsertCharPre|		when a character was typed in Insert mode, before
 			inserting it
 
+|TextChanged|		after a change was made to the text in Normal mode
+|TextChangedI|		after a change was made to the text in Insert mode
+
 |ColorScheme|		after loading a color scheme
 
 |RemoteReply|		a reply from a server Vim was received
@@ -462,6 +466,16 @@ BufWriteCmd			Before writing the whole buffer to a file.
 							*BufWritePost*
 BufWritePost			After writing the whole buffer to a file
 				(should undo the commands for BufWritePre).
+							*CmdUndefined*
+CmdUndefined			When a user command is used but it isn't
+				defined.  Useful for defining a command only
+				when it's used.  The pattern is matched
+				against the command name.  Both <amatch> and
+				<afile> are set to the name of the command.
+				NOTE: Autocompletion won't work until the
+				command is defined.  An alternative is to
+				always define the user command and have it
+				invoke an autoloaded function.  See |autoload|.
 							*CmdwinEnter*
 CmdwinEnter			After entering the command-line window.
 				Useful for setting options specifically for
@@ -480,6 +494,12 @@ CmdwinLeave			Before leaving the command-line window.
 				|cmdwin-char|
 							*ColorScheme*
 ColorScheme			After loading a color scheme. |:colorscheme|
+				The pattern is matched against the
+				colorscheme name. <afile> can be used for the
+				name of the actual file where this option was
+				set, and <amatch> for the new colorscheme
+				name.
+
 
 							*CompleteDone*
 CompleteDone			After Insert mode completion is done.  Either
@@ -553,11 +573,15 @@ FileChangedRO			Before making the first change to a read-only
 				It is not allowed to change to another buffer
 				here.  You can reload the buffer but not edit
 				another one.
+							*E881*
+				If the number of lines changes saving for undo
+				may fail and the change will be aborted.
 							*FileChangedShell*
 FileChangedShell		When Vim notices that the modification time of
 				a file has changed since editing started.
 				Also when the file attributes of the file
-				change. |timestamp|
+				change or when the size of the file changes.
+				|timestamp|
 				Mostly triggered after executing a shell
 				command, but also with a |:checktime| command
 				or when Gvim regains input focus.
@@ -657,6 +681,8 @@ FuncUndefined			When a user function is used but it isn't
 				when it's used.  The pattern is matched
 				against the function name.  Both <amatch> and
 				<afile> are set to the name of the function.
+				NOTE: When writing Vim scripts a better
+				alternative is to use an autoloaded function.
 				See |autoload-functions|.
 							*GUIEnter*
 GUIEnter			After starting the GUI successfully, and after
@@ -731,7 +757,7 @@ QuickFixCmdPost			Like QuickFixCmdPre, but after a quickfix
 				command is run, before jumping to the first
 				location. For |:cfile| and |:lfile| commands
 				it is run after error file is read and before
-				moving to the first error. 
+				moving to the first error.
 				See |QuickFixCmdPost-example|.
 							*QuitPre*
 QuitPre				When using `:quit`, `:wq` or `:qall`, before

runtime/doc/change.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*change.txt*    For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2013 Aug 25
+*change.txt*    For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Jun 26
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -156,6 +156,9 @@ only after a '.').
 The 'B' and 'M' flags in 'formatoptions' change the behavior for inserting
 spaces before and after a multi-byte character |fo-table|.
 
+The '[ mark is set at the end of the first line that was joined, '] at the end
+of the resulting line.
+
 
 ==============================================================================
 2. Delete and insert				*delete-insert* *replacing*
@@ -475,8 +478,8 @@ If the 'shiftround' option is on, the indent is rounded to a multiple of
 'shiftwidth'.
 
 If the 'smartindent' option is on, or 'cindent' is on and 'cinkeys' contains
-'#', shift right does not affect lines starting with '#' (these are supposed
-to be C preprocessor lines that must stay in column 1).
+'#' with a zero value, shift right does not affect lines starting with '#'
+(these are supposed to be C preprocessor lines that must stay in column 1).
 
 When the 'expandtab' option is off (this is the default) Vim uses <Tab>s as
 much as possible to make the indent.  You can use ">><<" to replace an indent
@@ -824,7 +827,7 @@ either the first or second pattern in parentheses did not match, so either
 <
 
 Substitute with an expression			*sub-replace-expression*
-						*sub-replace-\=*
+						*sub-replace-\=* *s/\=*
 When the substitute string starts with "\=" the remainder is interpreted as an
 expression.  This does not work recursively: a |substitute()| function inside
 the expression cannot use "\=" for the substitute string.
@@ -1647,7 +1650,7 @@ And a few warnings:
 7. Sorting text						*sorting*
 
 Vim has a sorting function and a sorting command.  The sorting function can be
-found here: |sort()|.
+found here: |sort()|, |uniq()|.
 
 							*:sor* *:sort*
 :[range]sor[t][!] [i][u][r][n][x][o] [/{pattern}/]
@@ -1714,8 +1717,8 @@ Note that using `:sort` with `:global` doesn't sort the matching lines, it's
 quite useless.
 
 The details about sorting depend on the library function used.  There is no
-guarantee that sorting is "stable" or obeys the current locale.  You will have
-to try it out.
+guarantee that sorting obeys the current locale.  You will have to try it out.
+Vim does do a "stable" sort.
 
 The sorting can be interrupted, but if you interrupt it too late in the
 process you may end up with duplicated lines.  This also depends on the system

runtime/doc/cmdline.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*cmdline.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2013 Mar 16
+*cmdline.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Sep 06
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ history tables:
 These are completely separate.  Each history can only be accessed when
 entering the same type of line.
 Use the 'history' option to set the number of lines that are remembered
-(default: 20).
+(default: 50).
 Notes:
 - When you enter a command-line that is exactly the same as an older one, the
   old one is removed (to avoid repeated commands moving older commands out of
@@ -356,6 +356,10 @@ terminals)
 		List the recent five entries from all histories: >
 			:history all -5,
 
+:keepp[atterns] {command}			*:keepp* *:keeppatterns*
+		Execute {command}, without adding anything to the search
+		history
+
 ==============================================================================
 2. Command-line completion				*cmdline-completion*
 
@@ -754,6 +758,7 @@ characters have a special meaning.  These can also be used in the expression
 function expand() |expand()|.
 	%	Is replaced with the current file name.		  *:_%* *c_%*
 	#	Is replaced with the alternate file name.	  *:_#* *c_#*
+		This is remembered for every window.
 	#n	(where n is a number) is replaced with		  *:_#0* *:_#n*
 		the file name of buffer n.  "#0" is the same as "#".     *c_#n*
 	##	Is replaced with all names in the argument list	  *:_##* *c_##*
@@ -819,8 +824,8 @@ Note: these are typed literally, they are not special keys!
 		   the start of the function.
 
 							 *filename-modifiers*
-	 *:_%:* *::8* *::p* *::.* *::~* *::h* *::t* *::r* *::e* *::s* *::gs*
-	        *%:8* *%:p* *%:.* *%:~* *%:h* *%:t* *%:r* *%:e* *%:s* *%:gs*
+*:_%:* *::8* *::p* *::.* *::~* *::h* *::t* *::r* *::e* *::s* *::gs* *::S*
+     *%:8* *%:p* *%:.* *%:~* *%:h* *%:t* *%:r* *%:e* *%:s* *%:gs* *%:S*
 The file name modifiers can be used after "%", "#", "#n", "<cfile>", "<sfile>",
 "<afile>" or "<abuf>".  They are also used with the |fnamemodify()| function.
 These are not available when Vim has been compiled without the |+modify_fname|
@@ -875,6 +880,10 @@ These modifiers can be given, in this order:
 	:gs?pat?sub?
 		Substitute all occurrences of "pat" with "sub".  Otherwise
 		this works like ":s".
+	:S	Escape special characters for use with a shell command (see 
+		|shellescape()|). Must be the last one. Examples: >
+		    :!dir <cfile>:S
+		    :call system('chmod +w -- ' . expand('%:S'))
 
 Examples, when the file name is "src/version.c", current dir
 "/home/mool/vim": >
@@ -1075,6 +1084,9 @@ another window, or drag statuslines of other windows.  You can drag the
 statusline of the command-line window itself and the statusline above it.
 Thus you can resize the command-line window, but not others.
 
+The |getcmdwintype()| function returns the type of the command-line being
+edited as described in |cmdwin-char|.
+
 
 AUTOCOMMANDS
 

runtime/doc/develop.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*develop.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2013 Apr 27
+*develop.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Mar 27
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -19,7 +19,6 @@ code.
 
 Vim is open source software.  Everybody is encouraged to contribute to help
 improving Vim.  For sending patches a context diff "diff -c" is preferred.
-Also see http://www.vim.org/tips/tip.php?tip_id=618.
 Also see http://vim.wikia.com/wiki/How_to_make_and_submit_a_patch.
 
 ==============================================================================

runtime/doc/diff.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*diff.txt*      For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2013 Sep 20
+*diff.txt*      For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 May 20
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ While already in Vim you can start diff mode in three ways.
 :difft[his]	Make the current window part of the diff windows.  This sets
 		the options like for "vimdiff".
 
-:diffp[atch] {patchfile}				 *E816* *:diffp* *:diffpatch*
+:diffp[atch] {patchfile}			 *E816* *:diffp* *:diffpatch*
 		Use the current buffer, patch it with the diff found in
 		{patchfile} and open a buffer on the result.  The options are
 		set as for "vimdiff".

runtime/doc/digraph.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*digraph.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2011 Jan 15
+*digraph.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Jun 19
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ a standard meaning:
 	Two			2	Hook
 	Nine			9	Horn
 
-	Equals			=	Cyrillic
+	Equals			=	Cyrillic (= used as second char) 
 	Asterisk		*	Greek
 	Percent sign		%	Greek/Cyrillic special
 	Plus			+	smalls: Arabic, capitals: Hebrew
@@ -170,6 +170,11 @@ used for the currency sign, and latin9 (iso-8859-15), where the digraph =e is
 used for the euro sign, while both of them are the character 164, 0xa4.  For
 compatibility with zsh Eu can also be used for the euro sign.
 
+ROUBLE
+
+The rouble sign was added in 2014 as 0x20bd.  Vim supports the digraphs =R and
+=P for this.  Note that R= and P= are other characters.
+
 							*digraph-table*
 char  digraph	hex	dec	official name ~
 ^@	NU	0x00	  0	NULL (NUL)
@@ -966,6 +971,8 @@ char  digraph	hex	dec	official name ~
 ₧	Pt	20A7	8359	PESETA SIGN
 ₩	W=	20A9	8361	WON SIGN
 €	Eu	20AC	8364	EURO SIGN
+₽	=R	20BD	8381	ROUBLE SIGN
+₽	=P	20BD	8381	ROUBLE SIGN
 ℃	oC	2103	8451	DEGREE CELSIUS
 ℅	co	2105	8453	CARE OF
 ℉	oF	2109	8457	DEGREE FAHRENHEIT
@@ -1077,7 +1084,7 @@ char  digraph	hex	dec	official name ~
 ⊥	-T	22A5	8869	UP TACK
 ⋅	.P	22C5	8901	DOT OPERATOR
 ⋮	:3	22EE	8942	VERTICAL ELLIPSIS
-⋯       .3      22EF    8943    MIDLINE HORIZONTAL ELLIPSIS
+⋯	.3	22EF	8943	MIDLINE HORIZONTAL ELLIPSIS
 ⌂	Eh	2302	8962	HOUSE
 ⌈	<7	2308	8968	LEFT CEILING
 ⌉	>7	2309	8969	RIGHT CEILING

runtime/doc/editing.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*editing.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2013 Aug 03
+*editing.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Aug 09
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -38,6 +38,7 @@ If there already was a current file name, then that one becomes the alternate
 file name.  It can be used with "#" on the command line |:_#| and you can use
 the |CTRL-^| command to toggle between the current and the alternate file.
 However, the alternate file name is not changed when |:keepalt| is used.
+An alternate file name is remembered for each window.
 
 							*:keepalt* *:keepa*
 :keepalt {cmd}		Execute {cmd} while keeping the current alternate file
@@ -1361,11 +1362,21 @@ cannot be read without the right key.
 {only available when compiled with the |+cryptv| feature}  *E833*
 
 The text in the swap file and the undo file is also encrypted.  *E843*
+However, this is done block-by-block and may reduce the time needed to crack a
+password.  You can disable the swap file, but then a crash will cause you to
+lose your work.  The undo file can be disabled without much disadvantage. >
+	:set noundofile
+	:noswapfile edit secrets
 
 Note: The text in memory is not encrypted.  A system administrator may be able
 to see your text while you are editing it.  When filtering text with
-":!filter" or using ":w !command" the text is not encrypted, this may reveal
-it to others.  The 'viminfo' file is not encrypted.
+":!filter" or using ":w !command" the text is also not encrypted, this may
+reveal it to others.  The 'viminfo' file is not encrypted.
+
+You could do this to edit very secret text: >
+	:set noundofile viminfo=
+	:noswapfile edit secrets.txt
+Keep in mind that without a swap file you risk loosing your work in a crash.
 
 WARNING: If you make a typo when entering the key and then write the file and
 exit, the text will be lost!
@@ -1392,18 +1403,25 @@ To disable the encryption, reset the 'key' option to an empty value: >
 	:set key=
 
 You can use the 'cryptmethod' option to select the type of encryption, use one
-of these two: >
-	:setlocal cm=zip       " weak method, backwards compatible
-	:setlocal cm=blowfish  " strong method
+of these: >
+	:setlocal cm=zip        " weak method, backwards compatible
+	:setlocal cm=blowfish   " method with flaws
+	:setlocal cm=blowfish2  " medium strong method
+
 Do this before writing the file.  When reading an encrypted file it will be
 set automatically to the method used when that file was written.  You can
 change 'cryptmethod' before writing that file to change the method.
+
 To set the default method, used for new files, use one of these in your
 |vimrc| file: >
 	set cm=zip
-	set cm=blowfish
+	set cm=blowfish2
+Use the first one if you need to be compatible with Vim 7.2 and older.  Using
+"blowfish2" is highly recommended if you can use a Vim version that supports
+it.
+
 The message given for reading and writing a file will show "[crypted]" when
-using zip, "[blowfish]" when using blowfish.
+using zip, "[blowfish]" when using blowfish, etc.
 
 When writing an undo file, the same key and method will be used for the text
 in the undo file. |persistent-undo|.
@@ -1438,7 +1456,7 @@ lines to "/etc/magic", "/usr/share/misc/magic" or wherever your system has the
      0	string	VimCrypt~	Vim encrypted file
      >9	string	01	- "zip" cryptmethod
      >9	string	02	- "blowfish" cryptmethod
-
+     >9	string	03	- "blowfish2" cryptmethod
 
 Notes:
 - Encryption is not possible when doing conversion with 'charconvert'.
@@ -1462,20 +1480,25 @@ Notes:
 - Pkzip uses the same encryption as 'cryptmethod' "zip", and US Govt has no
   objection to its export.  Pkzip's public file APPNOTE.TXT describes this
   algorithm in detail.
+- The implmentation of 'cryptmethod' "blowfish" has a flaw.  It is possible to
+  crack the first 64 bytes of a file and in some circumstances more of the
+  file. Use of it is not recommended, but it's still the strongest method
+  supported by Vim 7.3 and 7.4.  The "zip" method is even weaker.
 - Vim originates from the Netherlands.  That is where the sources come from.
   Thus the encryption code is not exported from the USA.
 
 ==============================================================================
 10. Timestamps					*timestamp* *timestamps*
 
-Vim remembers the modification timestamp of a file when you begin editing it.
-This is used to avoid that you have two different versions of the same file
-(without you knowing this).
+Vim remembers the modification timestamp, mode and size of a file when you
+begin editing it.  This is used to avoid that you have two different versions
+of the same file (without you knowing this).
 
-After a shell command is run (|:!cmd| |suspend| |:read!| |K|) timestamps are
-compared for all buffers in a window.   Vim will run any associated
-|FileChangedShell| autocommands or display a warning for any files that have
-changed.  In the GUI this happens when Vim regains input focus.
+After a shell command is run (|:!cmd| |suspend| |:read!| |K|) timestamps,
+file modes and file sizes are compared for all buffers in a window.   Vim will
+run any associated |FileChangedShell| autocommands or display a warning for
+any files that have changed.  In the GUI this happens when Vim regains input
+focus.
 
 							*E321* *E462*
 If you want to automatically reload a file when it has been changed outside of

runtime/doc/eval.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*eval.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2013 Aug 24
+*eval.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Sep 09
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ arguments: >
 
 
 1.3 Lists ~
-							*List* *Lists* *E686*
+						*list* *List* *Lists* *E686*
 A List is an ordered sequence of items.  An item can be of any type.  Items
 can be accessed by their index number.	Items can be added and removed at any
 position in the sequence.
@@ -327,6 +327,7 @@ examples: >
 Changing the order of items in a list: >
 	:call sort(list)		" sort a list alphabetically
 	:call reverse(list)		" reverse the order of items
+	:call uniq(sort(list))		" sort and remove duplicates
 
 
 For loop ~
@@ -393,7 +394,7 @@ example, to add up all the numbers in a list: >
 
 
 1.4 Dictionaries ~
-						*Dictionaries* *Dictionary*
+					*dict* *Dictionaries* *Dictionary*
 A Dictionary is an associative array: Each entry has a key and a value.  The
 entry can be located with the key.  The entries are stored without a specific
 ordering.
@@ -1004,7 +1005,7 @@ function.  Example: >
 
 
 
-string							*expr-string* *E114*
+string						*string* *expr-string* *E114*
 ------
 "string"		string constant		*expr-quote*
 
@@ -1101,9 +1102,9 @@ are known inside the current Vim session.  Using expand() will first try using
 the environment variables known inside the current Vim session.  If that
 fails, a shell will be used to expand the variable.  This can be slow, but it
 does expand all variables that the shell knows about.  Example: >
-	:echo $version
-	:echo expand("$version")
-The first one probably doesn't echo anything, the second echoes the $version
+	:echo $shell
+	:echo expand("$shell")
+The first one probably doesn't echo anything, the second echoes the $shell
 variable (if your shell supports it).
 
 
@@ -1143,7 +1144,7 @@ specified by what is prepended:
 |local-variable|     l:	  Local to a function.
 |script-variable|    s:	  Local to a |:source|'ed Vim script.
 |function-argument|  a:	  Function argument (only inside a function).
-|vim-variable|	     v:	  Global, predefined by Vim.
+|vim-variable|       v:	  Global, predefined by Vim.
 
 The scope name by itself can be used as a |Dictionary|.  For example, to
 delete all script-local variables: >
@@ -1455,6 +1456,13 @@ v:foldend	Used for 'foldtext': last line of closed fold.
 v:foldstart	Used for 'foldtext': first line of closed fold.
 		Read-only in the |sandbox|. |fold-foldtext|
 
+					*v:hlsearch* *hlsearch-variable*
+v:hlsearch	Variable that determines whether search highlighting is on. 
+		Makes sense only if 'hlsearch' is enabled which requires 
+		|+extra_search|. Setting this variable to zero acts the like 
+		|:nohlsearch| command, setting it to one acts like >
+			let &hlsearch = &hlsearch
+<
 					*v:insertmode* *insertmode-variable*
 v:insertmode	Used for the |InsertEnter| and |InsertChange| autocommand
 		events.  Values:
@@ -1512,6 +1520,7 @@ v:oldfiles	List of file names that is loaded from the |viminfo| file on
 		startup.  These are the files that Vim remembers marks for.
 		The length of the List is limited by the ' argument of the
 		'viminfo' option (default is 100).
+		When the |viminfo| file is not used the List is empty.
 		Also see |:oldfiles| and |c_#<|.
 		The List can be modified, but this has no effect on what is
 		stored in the |viminfo| file later.  If you use values other
@@ -1547,6 +1556,16 @@ v:profiling	Normally zero.	Set to one after using ":profile start".
 v:progname	Contains the name (with path removed) with which Vim was
 		invoked.  Allows you to do special initialisations for |view|,
 		|evim| etc., or any other name you might symlink to Vim.
+		Read-only.
+
+					*v:progpath* *progpath-variable*
+v:progpath	Contains the command with which Vim was invoked, including the
+		path.  Useful if you want to message a Vim server using a
+		|--remote-expr|.
+		To get the full path use: >
+			echo exepath(v:progpath)
+<		NOTE: This does not work when the command is a relative path
+		and the current directory has changed.
 		Read-only.
 
 					*v:register* *register-variable*
@@ -1663,7 +1682,7 @@ v:version	Version number of Vim: Major version number times 100 plus
 		is 501.  Read-only.  "version" also works, for backwards
 		compatibility.
 		Use |has()| to check if a certain patch was included, e.g.: >
-			if has("patch123")
+			if has("patch-7.4.123")
 <		Note that patch numbers are specific to the version, thus both
 		version 5.0 and 5.1 may have a patch 123, but these are
 		completely different.
@@ -1697,6 +1716,8 @@ append( {lnum}, {string})	Number	append {string} below line {lnum}
 append( {lnum}, {list})		Number	append lines {list} below line {lnum}
 argc()				Number	number of files in the argument list
 argidx()			Number	current index in the argument list
+arglistid( [{winnr}, [ {tabnr}]])
+				Number	argument list id
 argv( {nr})			String	{nr} entry of the argument list
 argv( )				List	the argument list
 asin( {expr})			Float	arc sine of {expr}
@@ -1713,6 +1734,7 @@ bufnr( {expr})			Number	Number of the buffer {expr}
 bufwinnr( {expr})		Number	window number of buffer {expr}
 byte2line( {byte})		Number	line number at byte count {byte}
 byteidx( {expr}, {nr})		Number	byte index of {nr}'th char in {expr}
+byteidxcomp( {expr}, {nr})	Number	byte index of {nr}'th char in {expr}
 call( {func}, {arglist} [, {dict}])
 				any	call {func} with arguments {arglist}
 ceil( {expr})			Float	round {expr} up
@@ -1736,7 +1758,7 @@ cscope_connection( [{num} , {dbpath} [, {prepend}]])
 cursor( {lnum}, {col} [, {coladd}])
 				Number	move cursor to {lnum}, {col}, {coladd}
 cursor( {list})			Number	move cursor to position in {list}
-deepcopy( {expr})		any	make a full copy of {expr}
+deepcopy( {expr} [, {noref}])	any	make a full copy of {expr}
 delete( {fname})		Number	delete file {fname}
 did_filetype()			Number	TRUE if FileType autocommand event used
 diff_filler( {lnum})		Number	diff filler lines about {lnum}
@@ -1746,6 +1768,7 @@ escape( {string}, {chars})	String	escape {chars} in {string} with '\'
 eval( {string})			any	evaluate {string} into its value
 eventhandler( )			Number	TRUE if inside an event handler
 executable( {expr})		Number	1 if executable {expr} exists
+exepath( {expr})		String  full path of the command {expr}
 exists( {expr})			Number	TRUE if {expr} exists
 extend( {expr1}, {expr2} [, {expr3}])
 				List/Dict insert items of {expr2} into {expr1}
@@ -1784,11 +1807,13 @@ getchar( [expr])		Number	get one character from the user
 getcharmod( )			Number	modifiers for the last typed character
 getcmdline()			String	return the current command-line
 getcmdpos()			Number	return cursor position in command-line
-getcmdtype()			String	return the current command-line type
+getcmdtype()			String	return current command-line type
+getcmdwintype()			String	return current command-line window type
+getcurpos()			List	position of the cursor
 getcwd()			String	the current working directory
+getfontname( [{name}])		String	name of font being used
 getfperm( {fname})		String	file permissions of file {fname}
 getfsize( {fname})		Number	size in bytes of file {fname}
-getfontname( [{name}])		String	name of font being used
 getftime( {fname})		Number	last modification time of file
 getftype( {fname})		String	description of type of file {fname}
 getline( {lnum})		String	line {lnum} of current buffer
@@ -1798,7 +1823,8 @@ getmatches()			List	list of current matches
 getpid()			Number	process ID of Vim
 getpos( {expr})			List	position of cursor, mark, etc.
 getqflist()			List	list of quickfix items
-getreg( [{regname} [, 1]])	String	contents of register
+getreg( [{regname} [, 1 [, {list}]]])
+				String or List   contents of register
 getregtype( [{regname}])	String	type of register
 gettabvar( {nr}, {varname} [, {def}])
 				any	variable {varname} in tab {nr} or {def}
@@ -1810,7 +1836,7 @@ getwinvar( {nr}, {varname} [, {def}])
 				any	variable {varname} in window {nr}
 glob( {expr} [, {nosuf} [, {list}]])
 				any	expand file wildcards in {expr}
-globpath( {path}, {expr} [, {flag}])
+globpath( {path}, {expr} [, {nosuf} [, {list}]])
 				String	do glob({expr}) for all dirs in {path}
 has( {feature})			Number	TRUE if feature {feature} supported
 has_key( {dict}, {key})		Number	TRUE if {dict} has entry {key}
@@ -1862,6 +1888,8 @@ match( {expr}, {pat}[, {start}[, {count}]])
 				Number	position where {pat} matches in {expr}
 matchadd( {group}, {pattern}[, {priority}[, {id}]])
 				Number	highlight {pattern} with {group}
+matchaddpos( {group}, {list}[, {priority}[, {id}]])
+				Number	highlight positions with {group}
 matcharg( {nr})			List	arguments of |:match|
 matchdelete( {id})		Number	delete match identified by {id}
 matchend( {expr}, {pat}[, {start}[, {count}]])
@@ -1969,7 +1997,8 @@ strridx( {haystack}, {needle} [, {start}])
 				Number	last index of {needle} in {haystack}
 strtrans( {expr})		String	translate string to make it printable
 strwidth( {expr})		Number	display cell length of the String {expr}
-submatch( {nr})			String	specific match in ":s" or substitute()
+submatch( {nr}[, {list}])	String or List
+					specific match in ":s" or substitute()
 substitute( {expr}, {pat}, {sub}, {flags})
 				String	all {pat} in {expr} replaced with {sub}
 synID( {lnum}, {col}, {trans})	Number	syntax ID at {lnum} and {col}
@@ -1979,6 +2008,7 @@ synIDtrans( {synID})		Number	translated syntax ID of {synID}
 synconcealed( {lnum}, {col})	List    info about concealing
 synstack( {lnum}, {col})	List	stack of syntax IDs at {lnum} and {col}
 system( {expr} [, {input}])	String	output of shell command/filter {expr}
+systemlist( {expr} [, {input}])	List	output of shell command/filter {expr}
 tabpagebuflist( [{arg}])	List	list of buffer numbers in tab page
 tabpagenr( [{arg}])		Number	number of current or last tab page
 tabpagewinnr( {tabarg}[, {arg}])
@@ -1996,6 +2026,8 @@ trunc( {expr})			Float	truncate Float {expr}
 type( {name})			Number	type of variable {name}
 undofile( {name})		String	undo file name for {name}
 undotree()			List	undo file tree
+uniq( {list} [, {func} [, {dict}]])
+				List	remove adjacent duplicates from a list
 values( {dict})			List	values in {dict}
 virtcol( {expr})		Number	screen column of cursor or mark
 visualmode( [expr])		String	last visual mode used
@@ -2077,6 +2109,18 @@ argc()		The result is the number of files in the argument list of the
 argidx()	The result is the current index in the argument list.  0 is
 		the first file.  argc() - 1 is the last one.  See |arglist|.
 
+							*arglistid()*
+arglistid([{winnr}, [ {tabnr} ]])
+		Return the argument list ID.  This is a number which
+		identifies the argument list being used.  Zero is used for the
+		global argument list.  See |arglist|.
+		Return -1 if the arguments are invalid.
+
+		Without arguments use the current window.
+		With {winnr} only use this window in the current tab page.
+		With {winnr} and {tabnr} use the window in the specified tab
+		page.
+
 							*argv()*
 argv([{nr}])	The result is the {nr}th file in the argument list of the
 		current window.  See |arglist|.  "argv(0)" is the first one.
@@ -2261,7 +2305,10 @@ byteidx({expr}, {nr})					*byteidx()*
 		{expr}.  Use zero for the first character, it returns zero.
 		This function is only useful when there are multibyte
 		characters, otherwise the returned value is equal to {nr}.
-		Composing characters are counted as a separate character.
+		Composing characters are not counted separately, their byte
+		length is added to the preceding base character.  See
+		|byteidxcomp()| below for counting composing characters
+		separately.
 		Example : >
 			echo matchstr(str, ".", byteidx(str, 3))
 <		will display the fourth character.  Another way to do the
@@ -2270,7 +2317,20 @@ byteidx({expr}, {nr})					*byteidx()*
 			echo strpart(s, 0, byteidx(s, 1))
 <		If there are less than {nr} characters -1 is returned.
 		If there are exactly {nr} characters the length of the string
-		is returned.
+		in bytes is returned.
+
+byteidxcomp({expr}, {nr})					*byteidxcomp()*
+		Like byteidx(), except that a composing character is counted
+		as a separate character.  Example: >
+			let s = 'e' . nr2char(0x301)
+			echo byteidx(s, 1)
+			echo byteidxcomp(s, 1)
+			echo byteidxcomp(s, 2)
+<		The first and third echo result in 3 ('e' plus composing
+		character is 3 bytes), the second echo results in 1 ('e' is
+		one byte).
+		Only works different from byteidx() when 'encoding' is set to
+		a Unicode encoding.
 
 call({func}, {arglist} [, {dict}])			*call()* *E699*
 		Call function {func} with the items in |List| {arglist} as
@@ -2545,9 +2605,14 @@ cursor({lnum}, {col} [, {off}])				*cursor()*
 cursor({list})
 		Positions the cursor at the column (byte count) {col} in the
 		line {lnum}.  The first column is one.
+
 		When there is one argument {list} this is used as a |List|
-		with two or three items {lnum}, {col} and {off}.  This is like
-		the return value of |getpos()|, but without the first item.
+		with two, three or four item:
+			[{lnum}, {col}, {off}]
+			[{lnum}, {col}, {off}, {curswant}]
+		This is like the return value of |getpos()| or |getcurpos()|,
+		but without the first item.
+
 		Does not change the jumplist.
 		If {lnum} is greater than the number of lines in the buffer,
 		the cursor will be positioned at the last line in the buffer.
@@ -2556,6 +2621,8 @@ cursor({list})
 		the cursor will be positioned at the last character in the
 		line.
 		If {col} is zero, the cursor will stay in the current column.
+		If {curswant} is given it is used to set the preferred column
+		for vertical movement.  Otherwise {col} is used.
 		When 'virtualedit' is used {off} specifies the offset in
 		screen columns from the start of the character.  E.g., a
 		position within a <Tab> or after the last character.
@@ -2672,6 +2739,15 @@ executable({expr})					*executable()*
 			0	does not exist
 			-1	not implemented on this system
 
+exepath({expr})						*exepath()*
+		If {expr} is an executable and is either an absolute path, a
+		relative path or found in $PATH, return the full path.
+		Note that the current directory is used when {expr} starts
+		with "./", which may be a problem for Vim: >
+			echo exepath(v:progpath)
+<		If {expr} cannot be found in $PATH or is not executable then
+		an empty string is returned.
+
 							*exists()*
 exists({expr})	The result is a Number, which is non-zero if {expr} is
 		defined, zero otherwise.  The {expr} argument is a string,
@@ -2684,7 +2760,8 @@ exists({expr})	The result is a Number, which is non-zero if {expr} is
 					string)
 			*funcname	built-in function (see |functions|)
 					or user defined function (see
-					|user-functions|).
+					|user-functions|). Also works for a
+					variable that is a Funcref.
 			varname		internal variable (see
 					|internal-variables|).	Also works
 					for |curly-braces-names|, |Dictionary|
@@ -2790,7 +2867,7 @@ expand({expr} [, {nosuf} [, {list}]])				*expand()*
 			<afile>		autocmd file name
 			<abuf>		autocmd buffer number (as a String!)
 			<amatch>	autocmd matched name
-			<sfile>		sourced script file name
+			<sfile>		sourced script file or function name
 			<slnum>		sourced script file line number
 			<cword>		word under the cursor
 			<cWORD>		WORD under the cursor
@@ -2836,7 +2913,8 @@ expand({expr} [, {nosuf} [, {list}]])				*expand()*
 <
 		Expand() can also be used to expand variables and environment
 		variables that are only known in a shell.  But this can be
-		slow, because a shell must be started.	See |expr-env-expand|.
+		slow, because a shell may be used to do the expansion.  See
+		|expr-env-expand|.
 		The expanded variable is still handled like a list of file
 		names.	When an environment variable cannot be expanded, it is
 		left unchanged.  Thus ":echo expand('$FOOBAR')" results in
@@ -3176,7 +3254,7 @@ getchar([expr])						*getchar()*
 		If [expr] is 1, only check if a character is available, it is
 			not consumed.  Return zero if no character available.
 
-		Without {expr} and when {expr} is 0 a whole character or
+		Without [expr] and when [expr] is 0 a whole character or
 		special key is returned.  If it is an 8-bit character, the
 		result is a number.  Use nr2char() to convert it to a String.
 		Otherwise a String is returned with the encoded character.
@@ -3186,7 +3264,11 @@ getchar([expr])						*getchar()*
 		String when a modifier (shift, control, alt) was used that is
 		not included in the character.
 
-		When {expr} is 1 only the first byte is returned.  For a
+		When [expr] is 0 and Esc is typed, there will be a short delay
+		while Vim waits to see if this is the start of an escape
+		sequence.
+
+		When [expr] is 1 only the first byte is returned.  For a
 		one-byte character it is the character itself as a number.
 		Use nr2char() to convert it to a String.
 
@@ -3264,11 +3346,28 @@ getcmdtype()						*getcmdtype()*
 		    ?	backward search command
 		    @	|input()| command
 		    -	|:insert| or |:append| command
+		    =	|i_CTRL-R_=|
 		Only works when editing the command line, thus requires use of
 		|c_CTRL-\_e| or |c_CTRL-R_=| or an expression mapping.
 		Returns an empty string otherwise.
 		Also see |getcmdpos()|, |setcmdpos()| and |getcmdline()|.
 
+getcmdwintype()						*getcmdwintype()*
+		Return the current |command-line-window| type. Possible return
+		values are the same as |getcmdtype()|. Returns an empty string
+		when not in the command-line window.
+
+							*getcurpos()*
+getcurpos()	Get the position of the cursor.  This is like getpos('.'), but
+		includes an extra item in the list:
+		    [bufnum, lnum, col, off, curswant]
+		The "curswant" number is the preferred column when moving the
+		cursor vertically.
+		This can be used to save and restore the cursor position: >
+			let save_cursor = getcurpos()
+			MoveTheCursorAround
+			call setpos('.', save_cursor)
+<
 							*getcwd()*
 getcwd()	The result is a String, which is the name of the current
 		working directory.
@@ -3390,6 +3489,34 @@ getmatches()						*getmatches()*
 			'pattern': 'FIXME', 'priority': 10, 'id': 2}] >
 			:unlet m
 <
+							*getpid()*
+getpid()	Return a Number which is the process ID of the Vim process.
+		On Unix and MS-Windows this is a unique number, until Vim
+		exits.	On MS-DOS it's always zero.
+
+							*getpos()*
+getpos({expr})	Get the position for {expr}.  For possible values of {expr}
+		see |line()|.  For getting the cursor position see
+		|getcurpos()|.
+		The result is a |List| with four numbers:
+		    [bufnum, lnum, col, off]
+		"bufnum" is zero, unless a mark like '0 or 'A is used, then it
+		is the buffer number of the mark.
+		"lnum" and "col" are the position in the buffer.  The first
+		column is 1.
+		The "off" number is zero, unless 'virtualedit' is used.  Then
+		it is the offset in screen columns from the start of the
+		character.  E.g., a position within a <Tab> or after the last
+		character.
+		Note that for '< and '> Visual mode matters: when it is "V"
+		(visual line mode) the column of '< is zero and the column of
+		'> is a large number.
+		This can be used to save and restore the position of a mark: >
+			let save_a_mark = getpos("'a")
+			...
+			call setpos(''a', save_a_mark
+<		Also see |getcurpos()| and |setpos()|.
+
 
 getqflist()						*getqflist()*
 		Returns a list with all the current quickfix errors.  Each
@@ -3418,7 +3545,7 @@ getqflist()						*getqflist()*
 			:endfor
 
 
-getreg([{regname} [, 1]])				*getreg()*
+getreg([{regname} [, 1 [, {list}]]])			*getreg()*
 		The result is a String, which is the contents of register
 		{regname}.  Example: >
 			:let cliptext = getreg('*')
@@ -3427,6 +3554,11 @@ getreg([{regname} [, 1]])				*getreg()*
 		getreg('=', 1) returns the expression itself, so that it can
 		be restored with |setreg()|.  For other registers the extra
 		argument is ignored, thus you can always give it.
+		If {list} is present and non-zero result type is changed to 
+		|List|. Each list item is one text line. Use it if you care
+		about zero bytes possibly present inside register: without
+		third argument both NLs and zero bytes are represented as NLs
+		(see |NL-used-for-Nul|).
 		If {regname} is not specified, |v:register| is used.
 
 
@@ -3436,7 +3568,7 @@ getregtype([{regname}])					*getregtype()*
 		    "v"			for |characterwise| text
 		    "V"			for |linewise| text
 		    "<CTRL-V>{width}"	for |blockwise-visual| text
-		    0			for an empty or unknown register
+		    ""			for an empty or unknown register
 		<CTRL-V> is one character with value 0x16.
 		If {regname} is not specified, |v:register| is used.
 
@@ -3444,6 +3576,8 @@ gettabvar({tabnr}, {varname} [, {def}])				*gettabvar()*
 		Get the value of a tab-local variable {varname} in tab page
 		{tabnr}. |t:var|
 		Tabs are numbered starting with one.
+		When {varname} is empty a dictionary with all tab-local
+		variables is returned.
 		Note that the name without "t:" must be used.
 		When the tab or variable doesn't exist {def} or an empty
 		string is returned, there is no error message.
@@ -3514,11 +3648,12 @@ glob({expr} [, {nosuf} [, {list}]])				*glob()*
 		See |expand()| for expanding special Vim variables.  See
 		|system()| for getting the raw output of an external command.
 
-globpath({path}, {expr} [, {flag}])			*globpath()*
+globpath({path}, {expr} [, {nosuf} [, {list}]])			*globpath()*
 		Perform glob() on all directories in {path} and concatenate
 		the results.  Example: >
 			:echo globpath(&rtp, "syntax/c.vim")
-<		{path} is a comma-separated list of directory names.  Each
+<
+		{path} is a comma-separated list of directory names.  Each
 		directory name is prepended to {expr} and expanded like with
 		|glob()|.  A path separator is inserted when needed.
 		To add a comma inside a directory name escape it with a
@@ -3526,11 +3661,19 @@ globpath({path}, {expr} [, {flag}])			*globpath()*
 		trailing backslash, remove it if you put a comma after it.
 		If the expansion fails for one of the directories, there is no
 		error message.
-		Unless the optional {flag} argument is given and is non-zero,
+
+		Unless the optional {nosuf} argument is given and is non-zero,
 		the 'suffixes' and 'wildignore' options apply: Names matching
 		one of the patterns in 'wildignore' will be skipped and
 		'suffixes' affect the ordering of matches.
 
+		When {list} is present and it is non-zero the result is a List
+		with all matching files. The advantage of using a List is, you
+		also get filenames containing newlines correctly. Otherwise
+		the result is a String and when there are several matches,
+		they are separated by <NL> characters.  Example: >
+			:echo globpath(&rtp, "syntax/c.vim", 0, 1)
+<
 		The "**" item can be used to search in a directory tree.
 		For example, to find all "README.txt" files in the directories
 		in 'runtimepath' and below: >
@@ -4110,6 +4253,8 @@ maparg({name}[, {mode} [, {abbr} [, {dict}]]])			*maparg()*
 				     (|mapmode-ic|)
 		  "sid"	     The script local ID, used for <sid> mappings
 			     (|<SID>|).
+		  "nowait"   Do not wait for other, longer mappings.
+			     (|:map-<nowait>|).
 
 		The mappings local to the current buffer are checked first,
 		then the global mappings.
@@ -4211,6 +4356,9 @@ matchadd({group}, {pattern}[, {priority}[, {id}]])
 		"match").  It will be highlighted with {group}.  Returns an
 		identification number (ID), which can be used to delete the
 		match using |matchdelete()|.
+		Matching is case sensitive and magic, unless case sensitivity
+		or magicness are explicitly overridden in {pattern}.  The
+		'magic', 'smartcase' and 'ignorecase' options are not used.
 
 		The optional {priority} argument assigns a priority to the
 		match.	A match with a high priority will have its
@@ -4244,6 +4392,41 @@ matchadd({group}, {pattern}[, {priority}[, {id}]])
 		available from |getmatches()|.	All matches can be deleted in
 		one operation by |clearmatches()|.
 
+matchaddpos({group}, {pos}[, {priority}[, {id}]])		*matchaddpos()*
+		Same as |matchadd()|, but requires a list of positions {pos}
+		instead of a pattern. This command is faster than |matchadd()|
+		because it does not require to handle regular expressions and
+		sets buffer line boundaries to redraw screen. It is supposed
+		to be used when fast match additions and deletions are
+		required, for example to highlight matching parentheses.
+
+		The list {pos} can contain one of these items:
+		- A number.  This whole line will be highlighted.  The first
+		  line has number 1.
+		- A list with one number, e.g., [23]. The whole line with this
+		  number will be highlighted.
+		- A list with two numbers, e.g., [23, 11]. The first number is
+		  the line number, the second one is the column number (first
+		  column is 1, the value must correspond to the byte index as
+		  |col()| would return).  The character at this position will
+		  be highlighted.
+		- A list with three numbers, e.g., [23, 11, 3]. As above, but
+		  the third number gives the length of the highlight in bytes.
+		
+		The maximum number of positions is 8.
+
+		Example: >
+			:highlight MyGroup ctermbg=green guibg=green
+			:let m = matchaddpos("MyGroup", [[23, 24], 34])
+<		Deletion of the pattern: >
+			:call matchdelete(m)
+
+<		Matches added by |matchaddpos()| are returned by
+		|getmatches()| with an entry "pos1", "pos2", etc., with the
+		value a list like the {pos} item.
+		These matches cannot be set via |setmatches()|, however they
+		can still be deleted by |clearmatches()|.
+
 matcharg({nr})							*matcharg()*
 		Selects the {nr} match item, as set with a |:match|,
 		|:2match| or |:3match| command.
@@ -4402,30 +4585,6 @@ nr2char({expr}[, {utf8}])				*nr2char()*
 		characters.  nr2char(0) is a real NUL and terminates the
 		string, thus results in an empty string.
 
-							*getpid()*
-getpid()	Return a Number which is the process ID of the Vim process.
-		On Unix and MS-Windows this is a unique number, until Vim
-		exits.	On MS-DOS it's always zero.
-
-							*getpos()*
-getpos({expr})	Get the position for {expr}.  For possible values of {expr}
-		see |line()|.
-		The result is a |List| with four numbers:
-		    [bufnum, lnum, col, off]
-		"bufnum" is zero, unless a mark like '0 or 'A is used, then it
-		is the buffer number of the mark.
-		"lnum" and "col" are the position in the buffer.  The first
-		column is 1.
-		The "off" number is zero, unless 'virtualedit' is used.  Then
-		it is the offset in screen columns from the start of the
-		character.  E.g., a position within a <Tab> or after the last
-		character.
-		This can be used to save and restore the cursor position: >
-			let save_cursor = getpos(".")
-			MoveTheCursorAround
-			call setpos('.', save_cursor)
-<		Also see |setpos()|.
-
 or({expr}, {expr})					*or()*
 		Bitwise OR on the two arguments.  The arguments are converted
 		to a number.  A List, Dict or Float argument causes an error.
@@ -5224,8 +5383,9 @@ setpos({expr}, {list})
 			.	the cursor
 			'x	mark x
 
-		{list} must be a |List| with four numbers:
+		{list} must be a |List| with four or five numbers:
 		    [bufnum, lnum, col, off]
+		    [bufnum, lnum, col, off, curswant]
 
 		"bufnum" is the buffer number.	Zero can be used for the
 		current buffer.  Setting the cursor is only possible for
@@ -5243,13 +5403,26 @@ setpos({expr}, {list})
 		character.  E.g., a position within a <Tab> or after the last
 		character.
 
+		The "curswant" number is only used when setting the cursor
+		position.  It sets the preferred column for when moving the
+		cursor vertically.  When the "curswant" number is missing the
+		preferred column is not set.  When it is present and setting a
+		mark position it is not used.
+
+		Note that for '< and '> changing the line number may result in
+		the marks to be effectively be swapped, so that '< is always
+		before '>.
+
 		Returns 0 when the position could be set, -1 otherwise.
 		An error message is given if {expr} is invalid.
 
-		Also see |getpos()|
+		Also see |getpos()| and |getcurpos()|.
 
 		This does not restore the preferred column for moving
-		vertically.  See |winrestview()| for that.
+		vertically; if you set the cursor position with this, |j| and
+		|k| motions will jump to previous columns!  Use |cursor()| to
+		also set the preferred column.  Also see the "curswant" key in
+		|winrestview()|.
 
 
 setqflist({list} [, {action}])				*setqflist()*
@@ -5301,6 +5474,8 @@ setqflist({list} [, {action}])				*setqflist()*
 							*setreg()*
 setreg({regname}, {value} [,{options}])
 		Set the register {regname} to {value}.
+		{value} may be any value returned by |getreg()|, including 
+		a |List|.
 		If {options} contains "a" or {regname} is upper case,
 		then the value is appended.
 		{options} can also contain a register type specification:
@@ -5313,10 +5488,15 @@ setreg({regname}, {value} [,{options}])
 		in the longest line (counting a <Tab> as 1 character).
 
 		If {options} contains no register settings, then the default
-		is to use character mode unless {value} ends in a <NL>.
-		Setting the '=' register is not possible, but you can use >
-			:let @= = var_expr
-<		Returns zero for success, non-zero for failure.
+		is to use character mode unless {value} ends in a <NL> for 
+		string {value} and linewise mode for list {value}. Blockwise 
+		mode is never selected automatically.
+		Returns zero for success, non-zero for failure.
+
+							*E883*
+		Note: you may not use |List| containing more than one item to 
+		      set search and expression registers. Lists containing no 
+		      items act like empty strings.
 
 		Examples: >
 			:call setreg(v:register, @*)
@@ -5324,8 +5504,11 @@ setreg({regname}, {value} [,{options}])
 			:call setreg('a', "1\n2\n3", 'b5')
 
 <		This example shows using the functions to save and restore a
-		register. >
-			:let var_a = getreg('a', 1)
+		register (note: you may not reliably restore register value 
+		without using the third argument to |getreg()| as without it 
+		newlines are represented as newlines AND Nul bytes are 
+		represented as newlines as well, see |NL-used-for-Nul|). >
+			:let var_a = getreg('a', 1, 1)
 			:let var_amode = getregtype('a')
 			    ....
 			:call setreg('a', var_a, var_amode)
@@ -5391,6 +5574,7 @@ shellescape({string} [, {special}])			*shellescape()*
 <		This results in a directory listing for the file under the
 		cursor.  Example of use with |system()|: >
 		    :call system("chmod +w -- " . shellescape(expand("%")))
+<		See also |::S|.
 
 
 shiftwidth()						*shiftwidth()*
@@ -5450,20 +5634,40 @@ sinh({expr})						*sinh()*
 
 
 sort({list} [, {func} [, {dict}]])			*sort()* *E702*
-		Sort the items in {list} in-place.  Returns {list}.  If you
-		want a list to remain unmodified make a copy first: >
+		Sort the items in {list} in-place.  Returns {list}.
+		
+		If you want a list to remain unmodified make a copy first: >
 			:let sortedlist = sort(copy(mylist))
-<		Uses the string representation of each item to sort on.
-		Numbers sort after Strings, |Lists| after Numbers.
-		For sorting text in the current buffer use |:sort|.
-		When {func} is given and it is one then case is ignored.
-		{dict} is for functions with the "dict" attribute.  It will be
-		used to set the local variable "self". |Dictionary-function|
+
+<		When {func} is omitted, is empty or zero, then sort() uses the
+		string representation of each item to sort on.  Numbers sort
+		after Strings, |Lists| after Numbers.  For sorting text in the
+		current buffer use |:sort|.
+
+		When {func} is given and it is '1' or 'i' then case is
+		ignored.
+		
+		When {func} is given and it is 'n' then all items will be
+		sorted numerical (Implementation detail: This uses the
+		strtod() function to parse numbers, Strings, Lists, Dicts and
+		Funcrefs will be considered as being 0).
+
 		When {func} is a |Funcref| or a function name, this function
 		is called to compare items.  The function is invoked with two
 		items as argument and must return zero if they are equal, 1 or
 		bigger if the first one sorts after the second one, -1 or
 		smaller if the first one sorts before the second one.
+
+		{dict} is for functions with the "dict" attribute.  It will be
+		used to set the local variable "self". |Dictionary-function|
+
+		The sort is stable, items which compare equal (as number or as
+		string) will keep their relative position. E.g., when sorting
+		on numbers, text strings will sort next to each other, in the
+		same order as they were originally.
+
+		Also see |uniq()|.
+
 		Example: >
 			func MyCompare(i1, i2)
 			   return a:i1 == a:i2 ? 0 : a:i1 > a:i2 ? 1 : -1
@@ -5605,7 +5809,7 @@ strchars({expr})					*strchars()*
 
 strdisplaywidth({expr}[, {col}])			*strdisplaywidth()*
 		The result is a Number, which is the number of display cells
-		String {expr} occupies on the screen.
+		String {expr} occupies on the screen when it starts a {col}.
 		When {col} is omitted zero is used.  Otherwise it is the
 		screen column where to start.  This matters for Tab
 		characters.
@@ -5730,12 +5934,23 @@ strwidth({expr})					*strwidth()*
 		Ambiguous, this function's return value depends on 'ambiwidth'.
 		Also see |strlen()|, |strdisplaywidth()| and |strchars()|.
 
-submatch({nr})						*submatch()*
+submatch({nr}[, {list}])				*submatch()*
 		Only for an expression in a |:substitute| command or
 		substitute() function.
 		Returns the {nr}'th submatch of the matched text.  When {nr}
 		is 0 the whole matched text is returned.
+		Note that a NL in the string can stand for a line break of a
+		multi-line match or a NUL character in the text.
 		Also see |sub-replace-expression|.
+
+		If {list} is present and non-zero then submatch() returns 
+		a list of strings, similar to |getline()| with two arguments. 
+		NL characters in the text represent NUL characters in the
+		text.
+		Only returns more than one item for |:substitute|, inside
+		|substitute()| this list will always contain one or zero
+		items, since there are no real line breaks.
+
 		Example: >
 			:s/\d\+/\=submatch(0) + 1/
 <		This finds the first number in the line and adds one to it.
@@ -5868,19 +6083,35 @@ synstack({lnum}, {col})					*synstack()*
 		valid positions.
 
 system({expr} [, {input}])				*system()* *E677*
-		Get the output of the shell command {expr}.
-		When {input} is given, this string is written to a file and
-		passed as stdin to the command.  The string is written as-is,
-		you need to take care of using the correct line separators
-		yourself.  Pipes are not used.
-		Note: Use |shellescape()| to escape special characters in a
-		command argument.  Newlines in {expr} may cause the command to
-		fail.  The characters in 'shellquote' and 'shellxquote' may
-		also cause trouble.
+		Get the output of the shell command {expr} as a string.  See
+		|systemlist()| to get the output as a List.
+
+		When {input} is given and is a string this string is written 
+		to a file and passed as stdin to the command.  The string is 
+		written as-is, you need to take care of using the correct line 
+		separators yourself.
+		If {input} is given and is a |List| it is written to the file
+		in a way |writefile()| does with {binary} set to "b" (i.e.
+		with a newline between each list item with newlines inside
+		list items converted to NULs).  
+		Pipes are not used.
+
+		When prepended by |:silent| the shell will not be set to
+		cooked mode.  This is meant to be used for commands that do
+		not need the user to type.  It avoids stray characters showing
+		up on the screen which require |CTRL-L| to remove. >
+			:silent let f = system('ls *.vim')
+<
+		Note: Use |shellescape()| or |::S| with |expand()| or 
+		|fnamemodify()| to escape special characters in a command 
+		argument.  Newlines in {expr} may cause the command to fail.  
+		The characters in 'shellquote' and 'shellxquote' may also 
+		cause trouble.
 		This is not to be used for interactive commands.
 
 		The result is a String.  Example: >
 		    :let files = system("ls " .  shellescape(expand('%:h')))
+		    :let files = system('ls ' . expand('%:h:S'))
 
 <		To make the result more system-independent, the shell output
 		is filtered to replace <CR> with <NL> for Macintosh, and
@@ -5907,6 +6138,16 @@ system({expr} [, {input}])				*system()* *E677*
 		Use |:checktime| to force a check.
 
 
+systemlist({expr} [, {input}])				*systemlist()*
+		Same as |system()|, but returns a |List| with lines (parts of 
+		output separated by NL) with NULs transformed into NLs. Output 
+		is the same as |readfile()| will output with {binary} argument 
+		set to "b".
+
+		Returns an empty string on error, so be careful not to run 
+		into |E706|.
+
+
 tabpagebuflist([{arg}])					*tabpagebuflist()*
 		The result is a |List|, where each item is the number of the
 		buffer associated with each window in the current tab page.
@@ -5929,7 +6170,7 @@ tabpagenr([{arg}])					*tabpagenr()*
 		The number can be used with the |:tab| command.
 
 
-tabpagewinnr({tabarg}, [{arg}])				*tabpagewinnr()*
+tabpagewinnr({tabarg} [, {arg}])			*tabpagewinnr()*
 		Like |winnr()| but for tab page {tabarg}.
 		{tabarg} specifies the number of tab page to be used.
 		{arg} is used like with |winnr()|:
@@ -6129,6 +6370,14 @@ undotree()						*undotree()*
 				blocks.  Each item may again have an "alt"
 				item.
 
+uniq({list} [, {func} [, {dict}]])			*uniq()* *E882*
+		Remove second and succeeding copies of repeated adjacent
+		{list} items in-place.  Returns {list}.  If you want a list
+		to remain unmodified make a copy first: >
+			:let newlist = uniq(copy(mylist))
+<		The default compare function uses the string representation of
+		each item.  For the use of {func} and {dict} see |sort()|.
+
 values({dict})						*values()*
 		Return a |List| with all the values of {dict}.	The |List| is
 		in arbitrary order.
@@ -6258,6 +6507,16 @@ winrestcmd()	Returns a sequence of |:resize| commands that should restore
 winrestview({dict})
 		Uses the |Dictionary| returned by |winsaveview()| to restore
 		the view of the current window.
+		Note: The {dict} does not have to contain all values, that are
+		returned by |winsaveview()|. If values are missing, those
+		settings won't be restored. So you can use: >
+		    :call winrestview({'curswant': 4})
+<
+		This will only set the curswant value (the column the cursor
+		wants to move on vertical movements) of the cursor to column 5
+		(yes, that is 5), while all other settings will remain the
+		same. This is useful, if you set the cursor position manually.
+
 		If you have changed the values the result is unpredictable.
 		If the window size changed the result won't be the same.
 
@@ -6269,10 +6528,12 @@ winsaveview()	Returns a |Dictionary| that contains information to restore
 		buffer and you want to go back to the original view.
 		This does not save fold information.  Use the 'foldenable'
 		option to temporarily switch off folding, so that folds are
-		not opened when moving around.
+		not opened when moving around. This may have side effects.
 		The return value includes:
 			lnum		cursor line number
-			col		cursor column
+			col		cursor column (Note: the first column
+					zero, as opposed to what getpos()
+					returns)
 			coladd		cursor column offset for 'virtualedit'
 			curswant	column for vertical movement
 			topline		first line in the window
@@ -6323,7 +6584,7 @@ xor({expr}, {expr})					*xor()*
 
 
 							*feature-list*
-There are three types of features:
+There are four types of features:
 1.  Features that are only supported when they have been enabled when Vim
     was compiled |+feature-list|.  Example: >
 	:if has("cindent")
@@ -6331,11 +6592,21 @@ There are three types of features:
     Example: >
 	:if has("gui_running")
 <							*has-patch*
-3.  Included patches.  First check |v:version| for the version of Vim.
-    Then the "patch123" feature means that patch 123 has been included for
-    this version.  Example (checking version 6.2.148 or later): >
+3.  Included patches.  The "patch123" feature means that patch 123 has been
+    included.  Note that this form does not check the version of Vim, you need
+    to inspect |v:version| for that.
+    Example (checking version 6.2.148 or later): >
 	:if v:version > 602 || v:version == 602 && has("patch148")
-<   Note that it's possible for patch 147 to be omitted even though 148 is
+<    Note that it's possible for patch 147 to be omitted even though 148 is
+    included.
+
+4.  Beyond a certain version or at a certain version and including a specific
+    patch.  The "patch-7.4.237" feature means that the Vim version is 7.5 or
+    later, or it is version 7.4 and patch 237 was included.
+    Note that this only works for patch 7.4.237 and later, before that you
+    need to use the example above that checks v:version.  Example: >
+	:if has("patch-7.4.248")
+<    Note that it's possible for patch 147 to be omitted even though 148 is
     included.
 
 acl			Compiled with |ACL| support.
@@ -6367,6 +6638,7 @@ dialog_con		Compiled with console dialog support.
 dialog_gui		Compiled with GUI dialog support.
 diff			Compiled with |vimdiff| and 'diff' support.
 digraphs		Compiled with support for digraphs.
+directx			Compiled with support for Direct-X and 'renderoptions'.
 dnd			Compiled with support for the "~ register |quote_~|.
 dos16			16 bits DOS version of Vim.
 dos32			32 bits DOS (DJGPP) version of Vim.
@@ -6409,8 +6681,8 @@ jumplist		Compiled with |jumplist| support.
 keymap			Compiled with 'keymap' support.
 langmap			Compiled with 'langmap' support.
 libcall			Compiled with |libcall()| support.
-linebreak		Compiled with 'linebreak', 'breakat' and 'showbreak'
-			support.
+linebreak		Compiled with 'linebreak', 'breakat', 'showbreak' and
+			'breakindent' support.
 lispindent		Compiled with support for lisp indenting.
 listcmds		Compiled with commands for the buffer list |:files|
 			and the argument list |arglist|.
@@ -6557,6 +6829,8 @@ can only be called from within the script and from functions, user commands
 and autocommands defined in the script.  It is also possible to call the
 function from a mapping defined in the script, but then |<SID>| must be used
 instead of "s:" when the mapping is expanded outside of the script.
+There are only script-local functions, no buffer-local or window-local
+functions.
 
 					*:fu* *:function* *E128* *E129* *E123*
 :fu[nction]		List all functions and their arguments.
@@ -6580,11 +6854,15 @@ last defined. Example: >
 <
 See |:verbose-cmd| for more information.
 
-							*E124* *E125* *E853*
+						*E124* *E125* *E853* *E884*
 :fu[nction][!] {name}([arguments]) [range] [abort] [dict]
 			Define a new function by the name {name}.  The name
 			must be made of alphanumeric characters and '_', and
-			must start with a capital or "s:" (see above).
+			must start with a capital or "s:" (see above).  Note
+			that using "b:" or "g:" is not allowed. (since patch
+			7.4.260 E884 is given if the function name has a colon
+			in the name, e.g. for "foo:bar()".  Before that patch
+			no error was given).
 
 			{name} can also be a |Dictionary| entry that is a
 			|Funcref|: >
@@ -6603,7 +6881,7 @@ See |:verbose-cmd| for more information.
 
 			For the {arguments} see |function-argument|.
 
-						*a:firstline* *a:lastline*
+					*:func-range* *a:firstline* *a:lastline*
 			When the [range] argument is added, the function is
 			expected to take care of a range itself.  The range is
 			passed as "a:firstline" and "a:lastline".  If [range]
@@ -6612,10 +6890,10 @@ See |:verbose-cmd| for more information.
 			of each line.  See |function-range-example|.
 			The cursor is still moved to the first line of the
 			range, as is the case with all Ex commands.
-
+								*:func-abort*
 			When the [abort] argument is added, the function will
 			abort as soon as an error is detected.
-
+								*:func-dict*
 			When the [dict] argument is added, the function must
 			be invoked through an entry in a |Dictionary|.	The
 			local variable "self" will then be set to the
@@ -7277,6 +7555,8 @@ This does NOT work: >
 			{pattern}, so long as it does not have a special
 			meaning (e.g., '|' or '"') and doesn't occur inside
 			{pattern}.
+			Information about the exception is available in
+			|v:exception|.  Also see |throw-variables|.
 			NOTE: It is not reliable to ":catch" the TEXT of
 			an error message because it may vary in different
 			locales.
@@ -7420,13 +7700,22 @@ This does NOT work: >
 			for Vim commands, |shellescape()| for |:!| commands.
 			Examples: >
 		:execute "e " . fnameescape(filename)
-		:execute "!ls " . shellescape(expand('%:h'), 1)
+		:execute "!ls " . shellescape(filename, 1)
 <
 			Note: The executed string may be any command-line, but
-			you cannot start or end a "while", "for" or "if"
-			command.  Thus this is illegal: >
-		:execute 'while i > 5'
-		:execute 'echo "test" | break'
+			starting or ending "if", "while" and "for" does not
+			always work, because when commands are skipped the
+			":execute" is not evaluated and Vim loses track of
+			where blocks start and end.  Also "break" and
+			"continue" should not be inside ":execute".
+			This example does not work, because the ":execute" is
+			not evaluated and Vim does not see the "while", and
+			gives an error for finding an ":endwhile": >
+		:if 0
+		: execute 'while i > 5'
+		:  echo "test"
+		: endwhile
+		:endif
 <
 			It is allowed to have a "while" or "if" command
 			completely in the executed string: >

runtime/doc/filetype.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*filetype.txt*  For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2013 May 25
+*filetype.txt*  For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2013 Dec 15
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -447,23 +447,25 @@ g:changelog_new_date_format
 				%%	insert a single '%' character
 				%d	insert the date from above
 				%u	insert the user from above
+                                %p	insert result of b:changelog_entry_prefix
 				%c	where to position cursor when done
-			The default is "%d  %u\n\n\t* %c\n\n", which produces
+			The default is "%d  %u\n\n\t* %p%c\n\n", which produces
 			something like (| is where cursor will be, unless at
 			the start of the line where it denotes the beginning
 			of the line) >
 				|2003-01-14  Full Name  <user@host>
 				|
-				|        * |
+				|        * prefix|
 <
 g:changelog_new_entry_format
 			The format used when creating a new entry.
 			The following table describes special tokens in the
 			string:
+                                %p	insert result of b:changelog_entry_prefix
 				%c	where to position cursor when done
 			The default is "\t*%c", which produces something
 			similar to >
-				|        * |
+				|        * prefix|
 <
 g:changelog_date_entry_search
 			The search pattern to use when searching for a

runtime/doc/fold.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*fold.txt*      For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2010 May 13
+*fold.txt*      For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2013 Dec 04
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -285,9 +285,10 @@ zF		Create a fold for [count] lines.  Works like "zf".
 							*zd* *E351*
 zd		Delete one fold at the cursor.  When the cursor is on a folded
 		line, that fold is deleted.  Nested folds are moved one level
-		up.  In Visual mode all folds (partially) in the selected area
-		are deleted.  Careful: This easily deletes more folds than you
-		expect and there is no undo.
+		up.  In Visual mode one level of all folds (partially) in the
+		selected area are deleted.
+		Careful: This easily deletes more folds than you expect and
+		there is no undo for manual folding.
 		This only works when 'foldmethod' is "manual" or "marker".
 		Also see |fold-delete-marker|.
 

runtime/doc/gui.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*gui.txt*       For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2013 Jun 12
+*gui.txt*       For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Mar 08
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -133,6 +133,7 @@ task bar with the 'guiheadroom' option.
 :winp[os]
 		Display current position of the top left corner of the GUI vim
 		window in pixels.  Does not work in all versions.
+		Also see |getwinposx()| and |getwinposy()|.
 
 :winp[os] {X} {Y}							*E466*
 		Put the GUI vim window at the given {X} and {Y} coordinates.
@@ -151,8 +152,11 @@ task bar with the 'guiheadroom' option.
 		option.
 
 If you are running the X Window System, you can get information about the
-window Vim is running in with this command: >
+window Vim is running in with these commands: >
 	:!xwininfo -id $WINDOWID
+	:!xprop -id $WINDOWID
+	:execute '!xwininfo -id ' . v:windowid
+	:execute '!xprop -id ' . v:windowid
 <
 							*gui-IME* *iBus*
 Input methods for international characters in X that rely on the XIM

runtime/doc/gui_x11.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*gui_x11.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2011 Sep 14
+*gui_x11.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Mar 08
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -442,7 +442,7 @@ command line argument).
 							*gui-x11-kde*
 There is no KDE version of Vim.  There has been some work on a port using the
 Qt toolkit, but it never worked properly and it has been abandoned.  Work
-continues on Yzis: www.yzis.org.
+continues on Yzis: https://github.com/chrizel/Yzis.
 
 ==============================================================================
 8. Compiling						*gui-x11-compiling*

runtime/doc/helphelp.txt

@@ -96,6 +96,9 @@ Help on help files					*helphelp*
 			find a tag in a file with the same language as the
 			current file.  See |help-translated|.
 
+						 	*:helpc* *:helpclose*
+:helpc[lose]            Close one help window.
+
 							*:helpg* *:helpgrep*
 :helpg[rep] {pattern}[@xx]
 			Search all help text files and make a list of lines

runtime/doc/if_perl.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*if_perl.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2012 Oct 25
+*if_perl.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2013 Oct 05
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Sven Verdoolaege

runtime/doc/if_pyth.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*if_pyth.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2013 Jul 10
+*if_pyth.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Jul 23
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Paul Moore
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ Both can be available at the same time, but read |python-2-and-3|.
 ==============================================================================
 1. Commands						*python-commands*
 
-					*:python* *:py* *E205* *E263* *E264*
+					*:python* *:py* *E263* *E264* *E887*
 :[range]py[thon] {stmt}
 			Execute Python statement {stmt}.  A simple check if
 			the `:python` command is working: >

runtime/doc/indent.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*indent.txt*    For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2013 Aug 03
+*indent.txt*    For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Apr 23
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -545,10 +545,12 @@ The examples below assume a 'shiftwidth' of 4.
 	      (default 70 lines).
 
 								*cino-#*
-	#N    When N is non-zero recognize shell/Perl comments, starting with
-	      '#'.  Default N is zero: don't recognize '#' comments.  Note
-	      that lines starting with # will still be seen as preprocessor
-	      lines.
+	#N    When N is non-zero recognize shell/Perl comments starting with
+	      '#', do not recognize preprocessor lines; allow right-shifting
+	      lines that start with "#".
+	      When N is zero (default): don't recognize '#' comments, do
+	      recognize preprocessor lines; right-shifting lines that start
+	      with "#" does not work.
 
 
 The defaults, spelled out in full, are:
@@ -556,7 +558,7 @@ The defaults, spelled out in full, are:
 			c3,C0,/0,(2s,us,U0,w0,W0,k0,m0,j0,J0,)20,*70,#0
 
 Vim puts a line in column 1 if:
-- It starts with '#' (preprocessor directives), if 'cinkeys' contains '#'.
+- It starts with '#' (preprocessor directives), if 'cinkeys' contains '#0'.
 - It starts with a label (a keyword followed by ':', other than "case" and
   "default") and 'cinoptions' does not contain an 'L' entry with a positive
   value.
@@ -596,7 +598,6 @@ without limits.
 	" Default
 	let g:clojure_maxlines = 100
 <
-
 						*g:clojure_fuzzy_indent*
 					*g:clojure_fuzzy_indent_patterns*
 					*g:clojure_fuzzy_indent_blacklist*
@@ -650,7 +651,6 @@ default list below.
 	let g:clojure_special_indent_words =
 	   \ 'deftype,defrecord,reify,proxy,extend-type,extend-protocol,letfn'
 <
-
 					*g:clojure_align_multiline_strings*
 
 Align subsequent lines in multiline strings to the column after the opening
@@ -675,7 +675,28 @@ This option is off by default.
 	" Default
 	let g:clojure_align_multiline_strings = 0
 <
+						*g:clojure_align_subforms*
 
+By default, parenthesized compound forms that look like function calls and
+whose head subform is on its own line have subsequent subforms indented by
+two spaces relative to the opening paren:
+>
+	(foo
+	  bar
+	  baz)
+<
+Setting this option changes this behavior so that all subforms are aligned to
+the same column, emulating the default behavior of clojure-mode.el:
+>
+	(foo
+	 bar
+	 baz)
+<
+This option is off by default.
+>
+	" Default
+	let g:clojure_align_subforms = 0
+<
 
 FORTRAN							*ft-fortran-indent*
 
@@ -791,7 +812,7 @@ OPTIONS: ~
 PHP indenting can be altered in several ways by modifying the values of some
 global variables:
 
-								*php-comment*
+					*php-comment* *PHP_autoformatcomment*
 To not enable auto-formating of comments by default (if you want to use your
 own 'formatoptions'): >
     :let g:PHP_autoformatcomment = 0
@@ -800,6 +821,7 @@ Else, 't' will be removed from the 'formatoptions' string and "qrowcb" will be
 added, see |fo-table| for more information.
 -------------
 
+							*PHP_outdentSLComments*
 To add extra indentation to single-line comments: >
     :let g:PHP_outdentSLComments = N
 
@@ -811,6 +833,7 @@ Only single-line comments will be affected such as: >
     /* Comment */
 -------------
 
+							*PHP_default_indenting*
 To add extra indentation to every PHP lines with N being the number of
 'shiftwidth' to add: >
     :let g:PHP_default_indenting = N
@@ -830,14 +853,18 @@ For example, with N = 1, this will give:
 (Notice the extra indentation between the PHP container markers and the code)
 -------------
 
-To indent PHP tags as the surrounding code: >
-    :let g:PHP_outdentphpescape = 0
+							*PHP_outdentphpescape*
+To indent PHP escape tags as the surrounding non-PHP code (only affects the
+PHP escape tags): >
+:let g:PHP_outdentphpescape = 0
 -------------
 
+							*PHP_removeCRwhenUnix*
 To automatically remove '\r' characters when the 'fileformat' is set to Unix: >
     :let g:PHP_removeCRwhenUnix = 1
 -------------
 
+							*PHP_BracesAtCodeLevel*
 To indent braces at the same level than the code they contain: >
     :let g:PHP_BracesAtCodeLevel = 1
     
@@ -856,6 +883,7 @@ NOTE:	Indenting will be a bit slower if this option is used because some
 	optimizations won't be available.
 -------------
 
+							*PHP_vintage_case_default_indent*
 To indent 'case:' and 'default:' statements in switch() blocks: >
     :let g:PHP_vintage_case_default_indent = 1
 

runtime/doc/index.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*index.txt*     For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2013 Jul 17
+*index.txt*     For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Mar 25
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -1124,8 +1124,8 @@ tag	      command	      action ~
 |:cNfile|	:cNf[ile]	go to last error in previous file
 |:cabbrev|	:ca[bbrev]	like ":abbreviate" but for Command-line mode
 |:cabclear|	:cabc[lear]	clear all abbreviations for Command-line mode
-|:caddbuffer|	:caddb[uffer]	add errors from buffer
-|:caddexpr|	:cad[dexpr]	add errors from expr
+|:caddbuffer|	:cad[dbuffer]	add errors from buffer
+|:caddexpr|	:cadde[xpr]	add errors from expr
 |:caddfile|	:caddf[ile]	add error message to current quickfix list
 |:call|		:cal[l]		call a function
 |:catch|	:cat[ch]	part of a :try command
@@ -1191,12 +1191,12 @@ tag	      command	      action ~
 |:digraphs|	:dig[raphs]	show or enter digraphs
 |:display|	:di[splay]	display registers
 |:djump|	:dj[ump]	jump to #define
-|:dl|		:dl		short for |:delete|
-|:dl|		:del[ete]l	short for |:delete|
+|:dl|		:dl		short for |:delete| with the 'l' flag
+|:dl|		:del[ete]l	short for |:delete| with the 'l' flag
 |:dlist|	:dli[st]	list #defines
 |:doautocmd|	:do[autocmd]	apply autocommands to current buffer
 |:doautoall|	:doautoa[ll]	apply autocommands for all loaded buffers
-|:dp|		:d[elete]p	short for |:delete|
+|:dp|		:d[elete]p	short for |:delete| with the 'p' flag
 |:drop|		:dr[op]		jump to window editing file or edit file in
 				current window
 |:dsearch|	:ds[earch]	list one #define
@@ -1244,6 +1244,7 @@ tag	      command	      action ~
 |:gvim|		:gv[im]		start the GUI
 |:hardcopy|	:ha[rdcopy]	send text to the printer
 |:help|		:h[elp]		open a help window
+|:helpclose|	:helpc[lose]	close one help window
 |:helpfind|	:helpf[ind]	dialog to open a help window
 |:helpgrep|	:helpg[rep]	like ":grep" but searches help files
 |:helptags|	:helpt[ags]	generate help tags for a directory
@@ -1275,6 +1276,7 @@ tag	      command	      action ~
 |:keepalt|	:keepa[lt]	following command keeps the alternate file
 |:keepmarks|	:kee[pmarks]	following command keeps marks where they are
 |:keepjumps|	:keepj[umps]	following command keeps jumplist and marks
+|:keeppatterns|	:keepp[atterns]	following command keeps search pattern history
 |:lNext|	:lN[ext]	go to previous entry in location list
 |:lNfile|	:lNf[ile]	go to last entry in previous file
 |:list|		:l[ist]		print lines
@@ -1360,13 +1362,14 @@ tag	      command	      action ~
 |:nmenu|	:nme[nu]	add menu for Normal mode
 |:nnoremap|	:nn[oremap]	like ":noremap" but for Normal mode
 |:nnoremenu|	:nnoreme[nu]	like ":noremenu" but for Normal mode
-|:noautocmd|	:noa[utocmd]	following command don't trigger autocommands
+|:noautocmd|	:noa[utocmd]	following commands don't trigger autocommands
 |:noremap|	:no[remap]	enter a mapping that will not be remapped
 |:nohlsearch|	:noh[lsearch]	suspend 'hlsearch' highlighting
 |:noreabbrev|	:norea[bbrev]	enter an abbreviation that will not be
 				remapped
 |:noremenu|	:noreme[nu]	enter a menu that will not be remapped
 |:normal|	:norm[al]	execute Normal mode commands
+|:noswapfile|	:nos[wapfile]	following commands don't create a swap file
 |:number|	:nu[mber]	print lines with line number
 |:nunmap|	:nun[map]	like ":unmap" but for Normal mode
 |:nunmenu|	:nunme[nu]	remove menu for Normal mode

runtime/doc/insert.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*insert.txt*    For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2013 Jul 12
+*insert.txt*    For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Aug 04
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -51,6 +51,8 @@ char		action	~
 		abbreviation.
 		Note: If your <Esc> key is hard to hit on your keyboard, train
 		yourself to use CTRL-[.
+		If Esc doesn't work and you are using a Mac, try CTRL-Esc.
+		Or disable Listening under Accessibility preferences.
 						*i_CTRL-C*
 CTRL-C		Quit insert mode, go back to Normal mode.  Do not check for
 		abbreviations.  Does not trigger the |InsertLeave| autocommand
@@ -1302,7 +1304,7 @@ HTML							*ft-html-omni*
 XHTML							*ft-xhtml-omni*
 
 CTRL-X CTRL-O provides completion of various elements of (X)HTML files.  It is
-designed to support writing of XHTML 1.0 Strict files but will also works for
+designed to support writing of XHTML 1.0 Strict files but will also work for
 other versions of HTML. Features:
 
 - after "<" complete tag name depending on context (no div suggestion inside

runtime/doc/intro.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*intro.txt*     For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2013 Jun 17
+*intro.txt*     For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 May 24
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -136,9 +136,10 @@ http://www.vim.org/maillist.php
 Bug reports:				*bugs* *bug-reports* *bugreport.vim*
 
 Send bug reports to: Vim Developers <vim_dev@vim.org>
-This is a maillist, many people will see the message.  If you don't want that,
-e.g. because it is a security issue, send it to <bugs@vim.org>, this only goes
-to the Vim maintainer (that's Bram).
+This is a maillist, you need to become a member first and many people will see
+the message.  If you don't want that, e.g. because it is a security issue,
+send it to <bugs@vim.org>, this only goes to the Vim maintainer (that's Bram).
+
 Please be brief; all the time that is spent on answering mail is subtracted
 from the time that is spent on improving Vim!  Always give a reproducible
 example and try to find out which settings or other things influence the

runtime/doc/map.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*map.txt*       For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2013 Aug 22
+*map.txt*       For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Jun 02
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -60,17 +60,17 @@ modes.
 			{rhs}, is then further scanned for mappings.  This
 			allows for nested and recursive use of mappings.
 
-
-:no[remap]  {lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-nvo|		*:no*  *:noremap*
-:nn[oremap] {lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-n|		*:nn*  *:nnoremap*
-:vn[oremap] {lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-v|		*:vn*  *:vnoremap*
-:xn[oremap] {lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-x|		*:xn*  *:xnoremap*
-:snor[emap] {lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-s|		*:snor* *:snoremap*
-:ono[remap] {lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-o|		*:ono* *:onoremap*
-:no[remap]! {lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-ic|		*:no!* *:noremap!*
-:ino[remap] {lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-i|		*:ino* *:inoremap*
-:ln[oremap] {lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-l|		*:ln*  *:lnoremap*
-:cno[remap] {lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-c|		*:cno* *:cnoremap*
+						*:nore* *:norem*
+:no[remap]  {lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-nvo|	*:no*  *:noremap* *:nor*
+:nn[oremap] {lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-n|	*:nn*  *:nnoremap*
+:vn[oremap] {lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-v|	*:vn*  *:vnoremap*
+:xn[oremap] {lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-x|	*:xn*  *:xnoremap*
+:snor[emap] {lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-s|	*:snor* *:snoremap*
+:ono[remap] {lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-o|	*:ono* *:onoremap*
+:no[remap]! {lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-ic|	*:no!* *:noremap!*
+:ino[remap] {lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-i|	*:ino* *:inoremap*
+:ln[oremap] {lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-l|	*:ln*  *:lnoremap*
+:cno[remap] {lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-c|	*:cno* *:cnoremap*
 			Map the key sequence {lhs} to {rhs} for the modes
 			where the map command applies.  Disallow mapping of
 			{rhs}, to avoid nested and recursive mappings.  Often
@@ -306,9 +306,21 @@ is disabled.  This makes it possible to map zero without making it impossible
 to type a count with a zero.
 
 						*map-overview* *map-modes*
-Overview of which map command works in which mode:
+Overview of which map command works in which mode.  More details below.
+     COMMANDS                    MODES ~
+:map   :noremap  :unmap     Normal, Visual, Select, Operator-pending
+:nmap  :nnoremap :nunmap    Normal
+:vmap  :vnoremap :vunmap    Visual and Select
+:smap  :snoremap :sunmap    Select
+:xmap  :xnoremap :xunmap    Visual
+:omap  :onoremap :ounmap    Operator-pending
+:map!  :noremap! :unmap!    Insert and Command-line
+:imap  :inoremap :iunmap    Insert
+:lmap  :lnoremap :lunmap    Insert, Command-line, Lang-Arg
+:cmap  :cnoremap :cunmap    Command-line
 
-    commands:				      modes: ~
+
+    COMMANDS				      MODES ~
 				       Normal  Visual+Select  Operator-pending ~
 :map   :noremap   :unmap   :mapclear	 yes	    yes		   yes
 :nmap  :nnoremap  :nunmap  :nmapclear	 yes	     -		    -
@@ -324,7 +336,7 @@ NOTE: Mapping a printable character in Select mode may confuse the user.  It's
 better to explicitly use :xmap and :smap for printable characters.  Or use
 :sunmap after defining the mapping.
 
-    commands:				      modes: ~
+    COMMANDS				      MODES ~
 					  Visual    Select ~
 :vmap  :vnoremap  :vunmap  :vmapclear	    yes      yes
 :xmap  :xnoremap  :xunmap  :xmapclear	    yes       -
@@ -333,7 +345,7 @@ better to explicitly use :xmap and :smap for printable characters.  Or use
 			*mapmode-ic* *mapmode-i* *mapmode-c* *mapmode-l*
 Some commands work both in Insert mode and Command-line mode, some not:
 
-    commands:				      modes: ~
+    COMMANDS				      MODES ~
 					  Insert  Command-line	Lang-Arg ~
 :map!  :noremap!  :unmap!  :mapclear!	    yes	       yes	   -
 :imap  :inoremap  :iunmap  :imapclear	    yes		-	   -
@@ -593,7 +605,7 @@ illogical when compared to other commands.
 When you have a mapping that contains an Ex command, you need to put a line
 terminator after it to have it executed.  The use of <CR> is recommended for
 this (see |<>|).  Example: >
-   :map  _ls  :!ls -l %<CR>:echo "the end"<CR>
+   :map  _ls  :!ls -l %:S<CR>:echo "the end"<CR>
 
 To avoid mapping of the characters you type in insert or Command-line mode,
 type a CTRL-V first.  The mapping in Insert mode is disabled if the 'paste'
@@ -816,12 +828,10 @@ Here is an example that counts the number of spaces with <F4>: >
 	  let &selection = "inclusive"
 	  let reg_save = @@
 
-	  if a:0  " Invoked from Visual mode, use '< and '> marks.
-	    silent exe "normal! `<" . a:type . "`>y"
+	  if a:0  " Invoked from Visual mode, use gv command.
+	    silent exe "normal! gvy"
 	  elseif a:type == 'line'
 	    silent exe "normal! '[V']y"
-	  elseif a:type == 'block'
-	    silent exe "normal! `[\<C-V>`]y"
 	  else
 	    silent exe "normal! `[v`]y"
 	  endif

runtime/doc/motion.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*motion.txt*    For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2013 Jul 17
+*motion.txt*    For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Feb 11
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -343,7 +343,7 @@ gg			Goto line [count], default first line, on the first
 			See also 'startofline' option.  {not in Vi}
 
 :[range]go[to] [count]					*:go* *:goto* *go*
-[count]go		Go to {count} byte in the buffer.  Default [count] is
+[count]go		Go to [count] byte in the buffer.  Default [count] is
 			one, start of the file.  When giving [range], the
 			last number in it used as the byte count.  End-of-line
 			characters are counted depending on the current

runtime/doc/options.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*options.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2013 Aug 22
+*options.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Sep 09
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -987,7 +987,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 
 						*'backupdir'* *'bdir'*
 'backupdir' 'bdir'	string	(default for Amiga: ".,t:",
-				 for MS-DOS and Win32: ".,c:/tmp,c:/temp"
+				 for MS-DOS and Win32: ".,$TEMP,c:/tmp,c:/temp"
 				 for Unix: ".,~/tmp,~/")
 			global
 			{not in Vi}
@@ -1200,6 +1200,38 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	break if 'linebreak' is on.  Only works for ASCII and also for 8-bit
 	characters when 'encoding' is an 8-bit encoding.
 
+						*'breakindent'* *'bri'*
+'breakindent' 'bri'	boolean (default off)
+			local to window
+			{not in Vi}
+			{not available when compiled without the |+linebreak|
+			feature}
+	Every wrapped line will continue visually indented (same amount of
+	space as the beginning of that line), thus preserving horizontal blocks
+	of text.
+
+						*'breakindentopt'* *'briopt'*
+'breakindentopt' 'briopt' string (default empty)
+			local to window
+			{not in Vi}
+			{not available when compiled without the |+linebreak|
+			feature}
+	Settings for 'breakindent'. It can consist of the following optional
+	items and must be separated by a comma:
+		min:{n}	    Minimum text width that will be kept after
+			    applying 'breakindent', even if the resulting
+			    text should normally be narrower. This prevents
+			    text indented almost to the right window border
+			    occupying lot of vertical space when broken.
+		shift:{n}   After applying 'breakindent', the wrapped line's
+			    beginning will be shifted by the given number of
+			    characters.  It permits dynamic French paragraph
+			    indentation (negative) or emphasizing the line
+			    continuation (positive).
+		sbr	    Display the 'showbreak' value before applying the 
+			    additional indent.
+	The default value for min is 20 and shift is 0.
+
 						*'browsedir'* *'bsdir'*
 'browsedir' 'bsdir'	string	(default: "last")
 			global
@@ -2197,10 +2229,18 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	   zip		PkZip compatible method.  A weak kind of encryption.
 			Backwards compatible with Vim 7.2 and older.
 							*blowfish*
-	   blowfish	Blowfish method.  Strong encryption.  Requires Vim 7.3
-			or later, files can NOT be read by Vim 7.2 and older.
-			This adds a "seed" to the file, every time you write
-			the file the encrypted bytes will be different.
+	   blowfish	Blowfish method.  Medium strong encryption but it has
+			an implementation flaw.  Requires Vim 7.3 or later,
+			files can NOT be read by Vim 7.2 and older.  This adds
+			a "seed" to the file, every time you write the file
+			the encrypted bytes will be different.
+							*blowfish2*
+	   blowfish2	Blowfish method.  Medium strong encryption.  Requires
+			Vim 7.4.399 or later, files can NOT be read by Vim 7.3
+			and older.  This adds a "seed" to the file, every time
+			you write the file the encrypted bytes will be
+			different.  The whole undo file is encrypted, not just
+			the pieces of text.
 
 	When reading an encrypted file 'cryptmethod' will be set automatically
 	to the detected method of the file being read.  Thus if you write it
@@ -2477,7 +2517,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 
 						*'directory'* *'dir'*
 'directory' 'dir'	string	(default for Amiga: ".,t:",
-				 for MS-DOS and Win32: ".,c:\tmp,c:\temp"
+				 for MS-DOS and Win32: ".,$TEMP,c:\tmp,c:\temp"
 				 for Unix: ".,~/tmp,/var/tmp,/tmp")
 			global
 	List of directory names for the swap file, separated with commas.
@@ -3329,7 +3369,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	NOTE: This option is reset when 'compatible' is set.
 
 						*'grepformat'* *'gfm'*
-'grepformat' 'gfm'	string	(default "%f:%l%m,%f  %l%m")
+'grepformat' 'gfm'	string	(default "%f:%l:%m,%f:%l%m,%f  %l%m")
 			global
 			{not in Vi}
 	Format to recognize for the ":grep" command output.
@@ -3920,12 +3960,13 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	NOTE: This option is reset when 'compatible' is set.
 
 						*'history'* *'hi'*
-'history' 'hi'		number	(Vim default: 20, Vi default: 0)
+'history' 'hi'		number	(Vim default: 50, Vi default: 0)
 			global
 			{not in Vi}
 	A history of ":" commands, and a history of previous search patterns
-	are remembered.  This option decides how many entries may be stored in
+	is remembered.  This option decides how many entries may be stored in
 	each of these histories (see |cmdline-editing|).
+	The maximum value is 10000.
 	NOTE: This option is set to the Vi default value when 'compatible' is
 	set and to the Vim default value when 'compatible' is reset.
 
@@ -4492,6 +4533,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	be able to execute Normal mode commands.
 	This is the opposite of the 'keymap' option, where characters are
 	mapped in Insert mode.
+	This option cannot be set from a |modeline| or in the |sandbox|, for
+	security reasons.
 
 	Example (for Greek, in UTF-8):				*greek*  >
 	    :set langmap=ΑA,ΒB,ΨC,ΔD,ΕE,ΦF,ΓG,ΗH,ΙI,ΞJ,ΚK,ΛL,ΜM,ΝN,ΟO,ΠP,QQ,ΡR,ΣS,ΤT,ΘU,ΩV,WW,ΧX,ΥY,ΖZ,αa,βb,ψc,δd,εe,φf,γg,ηh,ιi,ξj,κk,λl,μm,νn,οo,πp,qq,ρr,σs,τt,θu,ωv,ςw,χx,υy,ζz
@@ -4572,12 +4615,13 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			{not in Vi}
 			{not available when compiled without the |+linebreak|
 			feature}
-	If on Vim will wrap long lines at a character in 'breakat' rather
+	If on, Vim will wrap long lines at a character in 'breakat' rather
 	than at the last character that fits on the screen.  Unlike
 	'wrapmargin' and 'textwidth', this does not insert <EOL>s in the file,
-	it only affects the way the file is displayed, not its contents.  The
-	value of 'showbreak' is used to put in front of wrapped lines.
-	This option is not used when the 'wrap' option is off or 'list' is on.
+	it only affects the way the file is displayed, not its contents.
+	If 'breakindent' is set, line is visually indented. Then, the value
+	of 'showbreak' is used to put in front of wrapped lines. This option
+	is not used when the 'wrap' option is off.
 	Note that <Tab> characters after an <EOL> are mostly not displayed
 	with the right amount of white space.
 
@@ -4629,7 +4673,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 
 						*'lispwords'* *'lw'*
 'lispwords' 'lw'	string	(default is very long)
-			global
+			global or local to buffer |global-local|
 			{not in Vi}
 			{not available when compiled without the |+lispindent|
 			feature}
@@ -4757,8 +4801,9 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			global or local to buffer |global-local|
 			{not in Vi}
 	Program to use for the ":make" command.  See |:make_makeprg|.
-	This option may contain '%' and '#' characters, which are expanded to
-	the current and alternate file name. |:_%| |:_#|
+	This option may contain '%' and '#' characters (see  |:_%| and |:_#|), 
+	which are expanded to the current and alternate file name.  Use |::S| 
+	to escape file names in case they contain special characters.
 	Environment variables are expanded |:set_env|.  See |option-backslash|
 	about including spaces and backslashes.
 	Note that a '|' must be escaped twice: once for ":set" and once for
@@ -5332,7 +5377,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	Expression which is evaluated to apply a patch to a file and generate
 	the resulting new version of the file.  See |diff-patchexpr|.
 
-						*'patchmode'* *'pm'* *E206*
+					*'patchmode'* *'pm'* *E205* *E206*
 'patchmode' 'pm'	string	(default "")
 			global
 			{not in Vi}
@@ -5613,6 +5658,77 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	this option at the default "on".  Only switch it off when working with
 	old Vi scripts.
 
+                                               *'renderoptions'* *'rop'*
+'renderoptions' 'rop'	string  (default: empty)
+			global
+			{not in Vi}
+			{only available when compiled with GUI and DIRECTX on
+			MS-Windows}
+	Select a text renderer and set its options.  The options depend on the
+	renderer.
+
+	Syntax: >
+		set rop=type:{renderer}(,{name}:{value})*
+<
+	Currently, only one optional renderer is available.
+
+	render	behavior    ~
+	directx	Vim will draw text using DirectX (DirectWrite).  It makes
+		drawn glyphs more beautiful than default GDI.
+		It requires 'encoding' is "utf-8", and only works on
+		MS-Windows Vista or newer version.
+
+		Options:
+		  name	    meaning		type	value       ~
+		  gamma	    gamma		float	1.0 - 2.2 (maybe)
+		  contrast  enhancedContrast	float	(unknown)
+		  level	    clearTypeLevel	float	(unknown)
+		  geom	    pixelGeometry	int	0 - 2 (see below)
+		  renmode   renderingMode	int	0 - 6 (see below)
+		  taamode   textAntialiasMode	int	0 - 3 (see below)
+
+		See this URL for detail:
+		  http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/dd368190.aspx
+
+		For geom: structure of a device pixel.
+		  0 - DWRITE_PIXEL_GEOMETRY_FLAT
+		  1 - DWRITE_PIXEL_GEOMETRY_RGB
+		  2 - DWRITE_PIXEL_GEOMETRY_BGR
+
+		See this URL for detail:
+		  http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/dd368114.aspx
+
+		For renmode: method of rendering glyphs.
+		  0 - DWRITE_RENDERING_MODE_DEFAULT
+		  1 - DWRITE_RENDERING_MODE_ALIASED
+		  2 - DWRITE_RENDERING_MODE_GDI_CLASSIC
+		  3 - DWRITE_RENDERING_MODE_GDI_NATURAL
+		  4 - DWRITE_RENDERING_MODE_NATURAL
+		  5 - DWRITE_RENDERING_MODE_NATURAL_SYMMETRIC
+		  6 - DWRITE_RENDERING_MODE_OUTLINE
+
+		See this URL for detail:
+		  http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/dd368118.aspx
+
+		For taamode: antialiasing mode used for drawing text.
+		  0 - D2D1_TEXT_ANTIALIAS_MODE_DEFAULT
+		  1 - D2D1_TEXT_ANTIALIAS_MODE_CLEARTYPE
+		  2 - D2D1_TEXT_ANTIALIAS_MODE_GRAYSCALE
+		  3 - D2D1_TEXT_ANTIALIAS_MODE_ALIASED
+
+		See this URL for detail:
+		  http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/dd368170.aspx
+
+		Example: >
+		  set encoding=utf-8
+		  set gfn=Ricty_Diminished:h12:cSHIFTJIS
+		  set rop=type:directx
+<
+		If select a raster font (Courier, Terminal or FixedSys) to
+		'guifont', it fallbacks to be drawn by GDI automatically.
+
+	Other render types are currently not supported.
+
 						*'report'*
 'report'		number	(default 2)
 			global
@@ -6251,6 +6367,9 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	  A	don't give the "ATTENTION" message when an existing swap file
 		is found.
 	  I	don't give the intro message when starting Vim |:intro|.
+	  c	don't give |ins-completion-menu| messages.  For example,
+		"-- XXX completion (YYY)", "match 1 of 2", "The only match",
+		"Pattern not found", "Back at original", etc.
 
 	This gives you the opportunity to avoid that a change between buffers
 	requires you to hit <Enter>, but still gives as useful a message as
@@ -6555,6 +6674,9 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	region by listing them: "en_us,en_ca" supports both US and Canadian
 	English, but not words specific for Australia, New Zealand or Great
 	Britain.
+	If the name "cjk" is included East Asian characters are excluded from
+	spell checking.  This is useful when editing text that also has Asian
+	words.
 							*E757*
 	As a special case the name of a .spl file can be given as-is.  The
 	first "_xx" in the name is removed and used as the region name
@@ -6615,6 +6737,10 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			top of the suggestion list with the internal methods.
 			Lines without a slash are ignored, use this for
 			comments.
+			The word in the second column must be correct,
+			otherwise it will not be used.  Add the word to an
+			".add" file if it is currently flagged as a spelling
+			mistake.
 			The file is used for all languages.
 
 	expr:{expr}	Evaluate expression {expr}.  Use a function to avoid
@@ -6878,6 +7004,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	immediately deleted.  When 'swapfile' is set, and 'updatecount' is
 	non-zero, a swap file is immediately created.
 	Also see |swap-file| and |'swapsync'|.
+	If you want to open a new buffer without creating a swap file for it,
+	use the |:noswapfile| modifier.
 
 	This option is used together with 'bufhidden' and 'buftype' to
 	specify special kinds of buffers.   See |special-buffers|.
@@ -7498,8 +7626,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 				"s"  = button state
 				"c"  = column plus 33
 				"r"  = row plus 33
-			This only works up to 223 columns!  See "dec" for a
-			solution.
+			This only works up to 223 columns!  See "dec",
+			"urxvt", and "sgr" for solutions.
 	   xterm2	Works like "xterm", but with the xterm reporting the
 			mouse position while the mouse is dragged.  This works
 			much faster and more precise.  Your xterm must at
@@ -7521,29 +7649,35 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	   pterm	QNX pterm mouse handling.
 							*urxvt-mouse*
 	   urxvt	Mouse handling for the urxvt (rxvt-unicode) terminal.
+			The mouse works only if the terminal supports this
+			encoding style, but it does not have 223 columns limit
+			unlike "xterm" or "xterm2".
 							*sgr-mouse*
 	   sgr		Mouse handling for the terminal that emits SGR-styled
-			mouse reporting. Works with xterm version 277 or
-			later.
+			mouse reporting.  The mouse works even in columns
+			beyond 223.  This option is backward compatible with
+			"xterm2" because it can also decode "xterm2" style
+			mouse codes.
 
 	The mouse handling must be enabled at compile time |+mouse_xterm|
-	|+mouse_dec| |+mouse_netterm|.
+	|+mouse_dec| |+mouse_netterm| |+mouse_jsbterm| |+mouse_urxvt|
+	|+mouse_sgr|.
 	Only "xterm"(2) is really recognized.  NetTerm mouse codes are always
 	recognized, if enabled at compile time.  DEC terminal mouse codes
 	are recognized if enabled at compile time, and 'ttymouse' is not
-	"xterm" (because the xterm and dec mouse codes conflict).
+	"xterm", "xterm2", "urxvt" or "sgr" (because dec mouse codes conflict
+	with them).
 	This option is automatically set to "xterm", when the 'term' option is
-	set to a name that starts with "xterm", and 'ttymouse' is not "xterm"
-	or "xterm2" already.  The main use of this option is to set it to
-	"xterm", when the terminal name doesn't start with "xterm", but it can
-	handle xterm mouse codes.
-	The "sgr" value will be set if the xterm version is 277 or later.
+	set to a name that starts with "xterm", "mlterm", or "screen", and
+	'ttymouse' is not set already.
+	Additionally, if vim is compiled with the |+termresponse| feature and
+	|t_RV| is set to the escape sequence to request the xterm version
+	number, more intelligent detection process runs.
 	The "xterm2" value will be set if the xterm version is reported to be
-	95 or higher.  This only works when compiled with the |+termresponse|
-	feature and if |t_RV| is set to the escape sequence to request the
-	xterm version number.  Otherwise "xterm2" must be set explicitly.
-	If you do not want 'ttymouse' to be set to "xterm2" automatically, set
-	t_RV to an empty string: >
+	from 95 to 276.  The "sgr" value will be set if the xterm version is
+	277 or highter.
+	If you do not want 'ttymouse' to be set to "xterm2" or "sgr"
+	automatically, set t_RV to an empty string: >
 		:set t_RV=
 <
 						*'ttyscroll'* *'tsl'*
@@ -7594,7 +7728,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 						*'undolevels'* *'ul'*
 'undolevels' 'ul'	number	(default 100, 1000 for Unix, VMS,
 						Win32 and OS/2)
-			global
+			global or local to buffer |global-local|
 			{not in Vi}
 	Maximum number of changes that can be undone.  Since undo information
 	is kept in memory, higher numbers will cause more memory to be used
@@ -7605,8 +7739,9 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 <	But you can also get Vi compatibility by including the 'u' flag in
 	'cpoptions', and still be able to use CTRL-R to repeat undo.
 	Also see |undo-two-ways|.
-	Set to a negative number for no undo at all: >
-		set ul=-1
+	Set to -1 for no undo at all.  You might want to do this only for the
+	current buffer: >
+		setlocal ul=-1
 <	This helps when you run out of memory for a single change.
 	Also see |clear-undo|.
 
@@ -7715,6 +7850,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			fold options
 	   options	options and mappings local to a window or buffer (not
 			global values for local options)
+	   localoptions same as "options"
 	   slash	backslashes in file names replaced with forward
 			slashes
 	   unix		with Unix end-of-line format (single <NL>), even when

runtime/doc/os_vms.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*os_vms.txt*    For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2013 Aug 22
+*os_vms.txt*    For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Aug 29
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL
@@ -764,6 +764,22 @@ GNU_TOOLS.ZIP package downloadable from http://www.polarhome.com/vim/
 
 9. VMS related changes					*vms-changes*
 
+Version 7.4 
+- Undo: VMS can not handle more than one dot in the filenames use "dir/name" -> "dir/_un_name" 
+  add _un_ at the beginning to keep the extension
+- correct swap file name wildcard handling
+- handle iconv usage correctly
+- do not optimize on vax - otherwise it hangs compiling crypto files
+- fileio.c fix the comment
+- correct RealWaitForChar 
+- after 7.4-119 use different functions lib$cvtf_to_internal_time because Alpha and VAX have
+  G_FLOAT but IA64 uses IEEE float otherwise Vim crashes
+- guard against crashes that are caused by mixed filenames
+- [TESTDIR]make_vms.mms changed to see the output files
+- Improve tests, update known issues
+- minor compiler warnings fixed
+- CTAGS 5.8 +regex included
+
 Version 7.3
 - CTAGS 5.8 included
 - VMS compile warnings fixed - floating-point overflow warning corrected on VAX

runtime/doc/os_win32.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*os_win32.txt*  For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2012 May 18
+*os_win32.txt*  For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Aug 29
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by George Reilly
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ the default value of 'term' from the environment variable "TERM".
 $PATH							*win32-PATH*
 
 The directory of the Vim executable is appended to $PATH.  This is mostly to
-make "!xxd' work, as it is in the Tools menu.  And it also means that when
+make "!xxd" work, as it is in the Tools menu.  And it also means that when
 executable() returns 1 the executable can actually be executed.
 
 ==============================================================================
@@ -334,7 +334,7 @@ A. You have two possible solutions depending on what you want:
         :!start /min ctags -R .
 <  When it has finished you should see file named "tags" in your current
    directory.  You should notice the window title blinking on your taskbar.
-   This is more noticable for commands that take longer.
+   This is more noticeable for commands that take longer.
    Now delete the "tags" file and run this command: >
         :!start /b ctags -R .
 <  You should have the same "tags" file, but this time there will be no

runtime/doc/pattern.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*pattern.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2013 Jul 06
+*pattern.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Sep 06
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -192,10 +192,10 @@ affected.
 An example of how to search for matches with a pattern and change the match
 with another word: >
 	/foo<CR>	find "foo"
-	c//e		change until end of match
+	c//e<CR>	change until end of match
 	bar<Esc>	type replacement
 	//<CR>		go to start of next match
-	c//e		change until end of match
+	c//e<CR>	change until end of match
 	beep<Esc>	type another replacement
 			etc.
 <
@@ -545,6 +545,7 @@ Character classes {not in Vi}:				*/character-classes*
 |/\%u|	\%u	\%u	match specified multibyte character (eg \%u20ac)
 |/\%U|	\%U	\%U	match specified large multibyte character (eg
 			\%U12345678)
+|/\%C|	\%C	\%C	match any composing characters
 
 Example			matches ~
 \<\I\i*		or
@@ -705,11 +706,18 @@ overview.
 	But to limit the time needed, only the line where what follows matches
 	is searched, and one line before that (if there is one).  This should
 	be sufficient to match most things and not be too slow.
-	The part of the pattern after "\@<=" and "\@<!" are checked for a
-	match first, thus things like "\1" don't work to reference \(\) inside
-	the preceding atom.  It does work the other way around:
-	Example			matches ~
-	\1\@<=,\([a-z]\+\)	",abc" in "abc,abc"
+
+	In the old regexp engine the part of the pattern after "\@<=" and
+	"\@<!" are checked for a match first, thus things like "\1" don't work
+	to reference \(\) inside the preceding atom.  It does work the other
+	way around:
+	Bad example			matches ~
+	\%#=1\1\@<=,\([a-z]\+\)		",abc" in "abc,abc"
+
+	However, the new regexp engine works differently, it is better to not
+	rely on this behavior, do not use \@<= if it can be avoided:
+	Example				matches ~
+	\([a-z]\+\)\zs,\1		",abc" in "abc,abc"
 
 \@123<=
 	Like "\@<=" but only look back 123 bytes. This avoids trying lots
@@ -821,6 +829,7 @@ $	At end of pattern or in front of "\|", "\)" or "\n" ('magic' on):
 	branch is used.  Example: >
 		/\(.\{-}\zsFab\)\{3}
 <	Finds the third occurrence of "Fab".
+	This cannot be followed by a multi. *E888*
 	{not in Vi} {not available when compiled without the |+syntax| feature}
 							*/\ze*
 \ze	Matches at any position, and sets the end of the match there: The
@@ -829,6 +838,7 @@ $	At end of pattern or in front of "\|", "\)" or "\n" ('magic' on):
 	branch is used.
 	Example: "end\ze\(if\|for\)" matches the "end" in "endif" and
 	"endfor".
+	This cannot be followed by a multi. |E888|
 	{not in Vi} {not available when compiled without the |+syntax| feature}
 
 						*/\%^* *start-of-file*
@@ -1207,12 +1217,18 @@ will probably never match.
 8. Composing characters					*patterns-composing*
 
 							*/\Z*
-When "\Z" appears anywhere in the pattern, composing characters are ignored.
-Thus only the base characters need to match, the composing characters may be
-different and the number of composing characters may differ.  Only relevant
-when 'encoding' is "utf-8".
+When "\Z" appears anywhere in the pattern, all composing characters are
+ignored.  Thus only the base characters need to match, the composing
+characters may be different and the number of composing characters may differ.
+Only relevant when 'encoding' is "utf-8".
 Exception: If the pattern starts with one or more composing characters, these
 must match.
+							*/\%C*
+Use "\%C" to skip any composing characters.  For example, the pattern "a" does
+not match in "càt" (where the a has the composing character 0x0300), but
+"a\%C" does.  Note that this does not match "cát" (where the á is character
+0xe1, it does not have a compositing character).  It does match "cat" (where
+the a is just an a).
 
 When a composing character appears at the start of the pattern of after an
 item that doesn't include the composing character, a match is found at any
@@ -1325,7 +1341,7 @@ Finally, these constructs are unique to Perl:
 		patterns defined by both |matchadd()| and |:match|.
 
 		Highlighting matches using |:match| are limited to three
-		matches (aside from |:match|, |:2match| and |:3match|are
+		matches (aside from |:match|, |:2match| and |:3match| are
 		available). |matchadd()| does not have this limitation and in
 		addition makes it possible to prioritize matches.
 

runtime/doc/pi_getscript.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*pi_getscript.txt*  For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2012 Apr 07
+*pi_getscript.txt*  For Vim version 7.0.  Last change: 2013 Nov 29
 >
 		GETSCRIPT REFERENCE MANUAL  by Charles E. Campbell
 <
@@ -385,6 +385,10 @@ The AutoInstall process will:
 ==============================================================================
 9. GetLatestVimScripts History		*getscript-history* *glvs-hist* {{{1
 
+v36 Apr 22, 2013 : * (glts) suggested use of plugin/**/*.vim instead of
+		     plugin/*.vim in globpath() call.
+		   * (Andy Wokula) got warning message when setting
+		     g:loaded_getscriptPlugin
 v35 Apr 07, 2012 : * (MengHuan Yu) pointed out that the script url has
 		     changed (somewhat).  However, it doesn't work, and
 		     the original one does (under Linux). I'll make it

runtime/doc/quickfix.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*quickfix.txt*  For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2013 Aug 03
+*quickfix.txt*  For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Mar 27
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -202,8 +202,8 @@ command with 'l'.
 			the current window is used instead of the quickfix
 			list.
 
-							*:caddb* *:caddbuffer*
-:caddb[uffer] [bufnr]	Read the error list from the current buffer and add
+							*:cad* *:caddbuffer*
+:cad[dbuffer] [bufnr]	Read the error list from the current buffer and add
 			the errors to the current quickfix list.  If a
 			quickfix list is not present, then a new list is
 			created. Otherwise, same as ":cbuffer".
@@ -240,8 +240,8 @@ command with 'l'.
 :lgete[xpr] {expr}	Same as |:cgetexpr|, except the location list for the
 			current window is used instead of the quickfix list.
 
-							*:cad* *:caddexpr*
-:cad[dexpr] {expr}	Evaluate {expr} and add the resulting lines to the
+							*:cadde* *:caddexpr*
+:cadde[xpr] {expr}	Evaluate {expr} and add the resulting lines to the
 			current quickfix list. If a quickfix list is not
 			present, then a new list is created. The current
 			cursor position will not be changed. See |:cexpr| for
@@ -304,18 +304,23 @@ use this code: >
 
 					    *:cope* *:copen* *w:quickfix_title*
 :cope[n] [height]	Open a window to show the current list of errors.
+
 			When [height] is given, the window becomes that high
-			(if there is room).  Otherwise the window is made ten
-			lines high.
-			The window will contain a special buffer, with
-			'buftype' equal to "quickfix".  Don't change this!
+			(if there is room).  When [height] is omitted the
+			window is made ten lines high.
+
 			If there already is a quickfix window, it will be made
 			the current window.  It is not possible to open a
-			second quickfix window. The window will have the
-			w:quickfix_title variable set which will indicate the
-			command that produced the quickfix list. This can be
-			used to compose a custom status line if the value of
-			'statusline' is adjusted properly.
+			second quickfix window.  If [height] is given the
+			existing window will be resized to it.
+
+			The window will contain a special buffer, with
+			'buftype' equal to "quickfix".  Don't change this!
+			The window will have the w:quickfix_title variable set
+			which will indicate the command that produced the
+			quickfix list. This can be used to compose a custom
+			status line if the value of 'statusline' is adjusted
+			properly.
 
 							*:lop* *:lopen*
 :lop[en] [height]	Open a window to show the location list for the
@@ -838,7 +843,7 @@ Unfortunately, there is no standard way to run the tests.
 The alltests.py script seems to be used quite often, that's all.
 Useful values for the 'makeprg' options therefore are:
  setlocal makeprg=./alltests.py " Run a testsuite
- setlocal makeprg=python %      " Run a single testcase
+ setlocal makeprg=python\ %:S   " Run a single testcase
 
 Also see http://vim.sourceforge.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=280.
 
@@ -1332,7 +1337,7 @@ or: >
 Here is an alternative from Michael F. Lamb for Unix that filters the errors
 first: >
   :setl errorformat=%Z%f:%l:\ %m,%A%p^,%-G%*[^sl]%.%#
-  :setl makeprg=javac\ %\ 2>&1\ \\\|\ vim-javac-filter
+  :setl makeprg=javac\ %:S\ 2>&1\ \\\|\ vim-javac-filter
 
 You need to put the following in "vim-javac-filter" somewhere in your path
 (e.g., in ~/bin) and make it executable: >

runtime/doc/quickref.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*quickref.txt*  For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2013 Jun 29
+*quickref.txt*  For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Aug 06
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -624,6 +624,8 @@ Short explanation of each option:		*option-list*
 'bioskey'	  'biosk'   MS-DOS: use bios calls for input characters
 'bomb'			    prepend a Byte Order Mark to the file
 'breakat'	  'brk'     characters that may cause a line break
+'breakindent'	  'bri'     wrapped line repeats indent 
+'breakindentopt'  'briopt'  settings for 'breakindent'
 'browsedir'	  'bsdir'   which directory to start browsing in
 'bufhidden'	  'bh'	    what to do when buffer is no longer in window
 'buflisted'	  'bl'	    whether the buffer shows up in the buffer list
@@ -829,6 +831,7 @@ Short explanation of each option:		*option-list*
 'regexpengine'	  're'	    default regexp engine to use
 'relativenumber'  'rnu'	    show relative line number in front of each line
 'remap'			    allow mappings to work recursively
+'renderoptions'	  'rop'	    options for text rendering on Windows
 'report'		    threshold for reporting nr. of lines changed
 'restorescreen'   'rs'	    Win32: restore screen when exiting
 'revins'	  'ri'	    inserting characters will work backwards

runtime/doc/recover.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*recover.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2010 Jul 20
+*recover.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Mar 27
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -81,7 +81,14 @@ the amount of memory used to be higher than given with 'maxmem' or
 'maxmemtot'.  And when making a change to a read-only file, the swap file is
 created anyway.
 
-The 'swapfile' option can be reset to avoid creating a swapfile.
+The 'swapfile' option can be reset to avoid creating a swapfile.  And the
+|:noswapfile| modifier can be used to not create a swapfile for a new buffer.
+
+:nos[wapfile]   {command}			*:nos* *:noswapfile*
+		Execute {command}. If it contains a command that loads a new
+		buffer, it will be loaded without creating a swapfile and the
+		'swapfile' option will be reset.  If a buffer already had a
+		swapfile it is not removed and 'swapfile' is not reset.
 
 
 Detecting an existing swap file ~

runtime/doc/repeat.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*repeat.txt*    For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2013 Jul 25
+*repeat.txt*    For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Mar 25
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -26,10 +26,14 @@ Chapter 26 of the user manual introduces repeating |usr_26.txt|.
 
 Simple changes can be repeated with the "." command.  Without a count, the
 count of the last change is used.  If you enter a count, it will replace the
-last one.  If the last change included a specification of a numbered register,
-the register number will be incremented.  See |redo-register| for an example
-how to use this.  Note that when repeating a command that used a Visual
-selection, the same SIZE of area is used, see |visual-repeat|.
+last one.  |v:count| and |v:count1| will be set.
+
+If the last change included a specification of a numbered register, the
+register number will be incremented.  See |redo-register| for an example how
+to use this.
+
+Note that when repeating a command that used a Visual selection, the same SIZE
+of area is used, see |visual-repeat|.
 
 							*@:*
 @:			Repeat last command-line [count] times.
@@ -584,6 +588,12 @@ the |+reltime| feature, which is present more often.
 
 For profiling syntax highlighting see |:syntime|.
 
+For example, to profile the one_script.vim script file: >
+	:profile start /tmp/one_script_profile
+	:profile file one_script.vim
+	:source one_script.vim
+	:exit
+
 
 :prof[ile] start {fname}			*:prof* *:profile* *E750*
 		Start profiling, write the output in {fname} upon exit.
@@ -608,8 +618,10 @@ For profiling syntax highlighting see |:syntime|.
 		This only profiles the script itself, not the functions
 		defined in it.
 		When the [!] is added then all functions defined in the script
-		will also be profiled.  But only if the script is loaded after
-		this command.
+		will also be profiled.
+		Note that profiling only starts when the script is loaded
+		after this command.  A :profile command in the script itself
+		won't work.
 
 
 :profd[el] ...						*:profd* *:profdel*

runtime/doc/sign.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*sign.txt*      For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2012 Jul 10
+*sign.txt*      For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 May 07
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Gordon Prieur
@@ -137,6 +137,7 @@ PLACING SIGNS						*:sign-place* *E158*
 :sign place {id} line={lnum} name={name} buffer={nr}
 		Same, but use buffer {nr}.
 
+							*E885*
 :sign place {id} name={name} file={fname}
 		Change the placed sign {id} in file {fname} to use the defined
 		sign {name}.  See remark above about {fname} |:sign-fname|.
@@ -173,7 +174,7 @@ REMOVING SIGNS						*:sign-unplace* *E159*
 		Remove the placed sign at the cursor position.
 
 
-LISTING PLACED SIGNS
+LISTING PLACED SIGNS					*:sign-place-list*
 
 :sign place file={fname}
 		List signs placed in file {fname}.

runtime/doc/spell.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*spell.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2013 Jul 17
+*spell.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Jul 02
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -269,6 +269,13 @@ In a table:
 	latin1		yi		transliterated Yiddish
 	utf-8		yi-tr		transliterated Yiddish
 
+							*spell-cjk*
+Chinese, Japanese and other East Asian characters are normally marked as
+errors, because spell checking of these characters is not supported. If
+'spelllang' includes "cjk", these characters are not marked as errors.  This
+is useful when editing text with spell checking while some Asian words are
+present.
+
 
 SPELL FILES						*spell-load*
 
@@ -932,9 +939,10 @@ be combined without errors.
 
 If you get an E763 warning that the word tables differ you need to update your
 ".spl" spell files.  If you downloaded the files, get the latest version of
-all spell files you use.  Otherwise generate the .spl file again with
-|:mkspell|.  If you still get errors check the FOL, LOW and UPP lines in the
-used .aff files.
+all spell files you use.  If you are only using one, e.g., German, then also
+download the recent English spell files.  Otherwise generate the .spl file
+again with |:mkspell|.  If you still get errors check the FOL, LOW and UPP
+lines in the used .aff files.
 
 The XX.ascii.spl spell file generated with the "-ascii" argument will not
 contain the table with characters, so that it can be combine with spell files
@@ -1050,6 +1058,9 @@ this text to start with a "#" so that mistakes don't go unnoticed.  Example:
 	SFX F 0 in   [^i]n      # Spion > Spionin  ~
 	SFX F 0 nen  in		# Bauerin > Bauerinnen ~
 
+However, to avoid lots of errors in affix files written for Myspell, you can
+add the IGNOREEXTRA flag.
+
 Apparently Myspell allows an affix name to appear more than once.  Since this
 might also be a mistake, Vim checks for an extra "S".  The affix files for
 Myspell that use this feature apparently have this flag.  Example:
@@ -1103,6 +1114,14 @@ Specifically, the affix flags can be used for:
 - CIRCUMFIX, as explained just below.
 
 
+IGNOREEXTRA						*spell-IGNOREEXTRA*
+
+Normally Vim gives an error for an extra field that does not start with '#'.
+This avoids errors going unnoticed.  However, some files created for Myspell
+or Hunspell may contain many entries with an extra field.  Use the IGNOREEXTRA
+flag to avoid lots of errors.
+
+
 CIRCUMFIX						*spell-CIRCUMFIX*
 
 The CIRCUMFIX flag means a prefix and suffix must be added at the same time.

runtime/doc/starting.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*starting.txt*  For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2013 Jul 20
+*starting.txt*  For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Jul 09
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -167,7 +167,10 @@ a slash.  Thus "-R" means recovery and "-/R" readonly.
 							*-+/*
 +/{pat}		The cursor will be positioned on the first line containing
 		"pat" in the first file being edited (see |pattern| for the
-		available search patterns).
+		available search patterns).  The search starts at the cursor
+		position, which can be the first line or the cursor position
+		last used from |viminfo|. To force a search from the first
+		line use "+1 +/pat".
 
 +{command}						*-+c* *-c*
 -c {command}	{command} will be executed after the first file has been
@@ -1276,8 +1279,10 @@ triggered.
 			When [!] is included an existing file is overwritten.
 			When [file] is omitted or is a number from 1 to 9, a
 			name is generated and 'viewdir' prepended.  When the
-			last directory name in 'viewdir' does not exist, this
-			directory is created.
+			last path part of 'viewdir' does not exist, this
+			directory is created.  E.g., when 'viewdir' is
+			"$VIM/vimfiles/view" then "view" is created in
+			"$VIM/vimfiles".
 			An existing file is always overwritten then.  Use
 			|:loadview| to load this view again.
 			When [file] is the name of a file ('viewdir' is not
@@ -1501,7 +1506,7 @@ most of the information will be restored).
 			already set (registers, marks, |v:oldfiles|, etc.)
 			will be overwritten   {not in Vi}
 
-					*:wv* *:wviminfo* *E137* *E138* *E574*
+				*:wv* *:wviminfo* *E137* *E138* *E574* *E886*
 :wv[iminfo][!] [file]	Write to viminfo file [file] (default: see above).
 			The information in the file is first read in to make
 			a merge between old and new info.  When [!] is used,

runtime/doc/syntax.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*syntax.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2013 Aug 22
+*syntax.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Sep 09
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -501,7 +501,7 @@ inserted for that purpose if no line numbers are shown. This ID attribute
 takes the form of L123 for single-buffer HTML pages, or W2L123 for diff-view
 pages, and is used to jump to a specific line (in a specific window of a diff
 view). Javascript is inserted to open any closed dynamic folds
-(|g:html_dynamic_folds|) containing the specificed line before jumping. The
+(|g:html_dynamic_folds|) containing the specified line before jumping. The
 javascript also allows omitting the window ID in the url, and the leading L.
 For example: >
 
@@ -1022,6 +1022,21 @@ Or to avoid the highlighting: >
 This works immediately.
 
 
+CLOJURE							*ft-clojure-syntax*
+
+Setting *g:clojure_fold* enables folding Clojure code via the syntax engine.
+Any list, vector, or map that extends over more than one line can be folded
+using the standard Vim |fold-commands|.
+
+Please note that this option does not work with scripts that redefine the
+bracket syntax regions, such as rainbow-parentheses plugins.
+
+This option is off by default.
+>
+	" Default
+	let g:clojure_fold = 0
+<
+
 COBOL						*cobol.vim* *ft-cobol-syntax*
 
 COBOL highlighting has different needs for legacy code than it does for fresh
@@ -1281,6 +1296,32 @@ Finally, some vendors support hexadecimal constants.  To handle them, add >
 to your startup file.
 
 
+EUPHORIA	    *euphoria3.vim* *euphoria4.vim* *ft-euphoria-syntax*
+
+Two syntax highlighting files exists for Euphoria. One for Euphoria 
+version 3.1.1, which is the default syntax highlighting file, and one for 
+Euphoria version 4.0.5 or later.
+
+Euphoria version 3.1.1 (http://www.rapideuphoria.com/) is still necessary 
+for developing applications for the DOS platform, which Euphoria version 4 
+(http://www.openeuphoria.org/) does not support.
+
+The following file extensions are auto-detected as Euphoria file type: 
+    
+	*.e, *.eu, *.ew, *.ex, *.exu, *.exw
+	*.E, *.EU, *.EW, *.EX, *.EXU, *.EXW
+
+To select syntax highlighting file for Euphoria, as well as for 
+auto-detecting the *.e and *.E file extensions as Euphoria file type,
+add the following line to your startup file: >
+
+	:let filetype_euphoria="euphoria3"
+
+	or 
+
+	:let filetype_euphoria="euphoria4"
+
+
 ERLANG						*erlang.vim* *ft-erlang-syntax*
 
 Erlang is a functional programming language developed by Ericsson.  Files with
@@ -1647,7 +1688,7 @@ vimrc file: >
 HTML comments are rather special (see an HTML reference document for the
 details), and the syntax coloring scheme will highlight all errors.
 However, if you prefer to use the wrong style (starts with <!-- and
-ends with --!>) you can define >
+ends with -->) you can define >
 	:let html_wrong_comments=1
 
 JavaScript and Visual Basic embedded inside HTML documents are highlighted as
@@ -1918,7 +1959,7 @@ If you don't want to set the variable, use the modeline in EVERY LPC file.
 There are several implementations for LPC, we intend to support most widely
 used ones.  Here the default LPC syntax is for MudOS series, for MudOS v22
 and before, you should turn off the sensible modifiers, and this will also
-asserts the new efuns after v22 to be invalid, don't set this variable when
+assert the new efuns after v22 to be invalid, don't set this variable when
 you are using the latest version of MudOS: >
 
 	:let lpc_pre_v22 = 1
@@ -2238,7 +2279,7 @@ files, you may set the 'perl_include_pod' option to 0: >
 
 	:let perl_include_pod = 0
 
-The reduce the complexity of parsing (and increase performance) you can switch
+To reduce the complexity of parsing (and increase performance) you can switch
 off two elements in the parsing of variable names and contents. >
 
 To handle package references in variable and function names not differently
@@ -2934,6 +2975,7 @@ TEX				*tex.vim* *ft-tex-syntax* *latex-syntax*
 	Tex: Taking Advantage of Conceal Mode		|tex-conceal|
 	Tex: Selective Conceal Mode			|g:tex_conceal|
 	Tex: Controlling iskeyword			|g:tex_isk|
+	Tex: Fine Subscript and Superscript Control	|tex-supersub|
 
 				*tex-folding* *g:tex_fold_enabled*
  Tex: Want Syntax Folding? ~
@@ -3027,6 +3069,7 @@ selectively to enable just some syntax highlighting: >
 <
 As an example, let g:tex_fast= "M" will allow math-associated highlighting
 but suppress all the other region-based syntax highlighting.
+(also see: |g:tex_conceal| and |tex-supersub|)
 
 					*tex-morecommands* *tex-package*
  Tex: Want To Highlight More Commands? ~
@@ -3128,6 +3171,28 @@ syntax highlighting script handles this with the following logic:
 	* If g:tex_isk exists, then it will be used for the local 'iskeyword'
 	* Else the local 'iskeyword' will be set to 48-57,a-z,A-Z,192-255
 
+			*tex-supersub* *g:tex_superscripts* *g:tex_subscripts*
+ Tex: Fine Subscript and Superscript Control~
+
+	See |tex-conceal| for how to enable concealed character replacement.
+
+	See |g:tex_conceal| for selectively concealing accents, bold/italic,
+	math, Greek, and superscripts/subscripts.
+
+	One may exert fine control over which superscripts and subscripts one
+	wants syntax-based concealment for (see |:syn-cchar|).  Since not all
+	fonts support all characters, one may override the
+	concealed-replacement lists; by default these lists are given by: >
+
+	    let g:tex_superscripts= "[0-9a-zA-W.,:;+-<>/()=]"
+	    let g:tex_subscripts= "[0-9aehijklmnoprstuvx,+-/().]"
+<
+	For example, I use Luxi Mono Bold; it doesn't support subscript
+	characters for "hklmnpst", so I put >
+		let g:tex_subscripts= "[0-9aeijoruvx,+-/().]"
+<	in ~/.vim/ftplugin/tex/tex.vim in order to avoid having inscrutable
+	utf-8 glyphs appear.
+
 
 TF						*tf.vim* *ft-tf-syntax*
 

runtime/doc/tags

@@ -12,6 +12,7 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 %	motion.txt	/*%*
 %:.	cmdline.txt	/*%:.*
 %:8	cmdline.txt	/*%:8*
+%:S	cmdline.txt	/*%:S*
 %:e	cmdline.txt	/*%:e*
 %:gs	cmdline.txt	/*%:gs*
 %:h	cmdline.txt	/*%:h*
@@ -90,6 +91,10 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 'bl'	options.txt	/*'bl'*
 'bomb'	options.txt	/*'bomb'*
 'breakat'	options.txt	/*'breakat'*
+'breakindent'	options.txt	/*'breakindent'*
+'breakindentopt'	options.txt	/*'breakindentopt'*
+'bri'	options.txt	/*'bri'*
+'briopt'	options.txt	/*'briopt'*
 'brk'	options.txt	/*'brk'*
 'browsedir'	options.txt	/*'browsedir'*
 'bs'	options.txt	/*'bs'*
@@ -751,6 +756,7 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 'regexpengine'	options.txt	/*'regexpengine'*
 'relativenumber'	options.txt	/*'relativenumber'*
 'remap'	options.txt	/*'remap'*
+'renderoptions'	options.txt	/*'renderoptions'*
 'report'	options.txt	/*'report'*
 'restorescreen'	options.txt	/*'restorescreen'*
 'revins'	options.txt	/*'revins'*
@@ -761,6 +767,7 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 'rlc'	options.txt	/*'rlc'*
 'rnu'	options.txt	/*'rnu'*
 'ro'	options.txt	/*'ro'*
+'rop'	options.txt	/*'rop'*
 'rs'	options.txt	/*'rs'*
 'rtp'	options.txt	/*'rtp'*
 'ru'	options.txt	/*'ru'*
@@ -1166,6 +1173,7 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 +dialog_gui	various.txt	/*+dialog_gui*
 +diff	various.txt	/*+diff*
 +digraphs	various.txt	/*+digraphs*
++directx	various.txt	/*+directx*
 +dnd	various.txt	/*+dnd*
 +emacs_tags	various.txt	/*+emacs_tags*
 +eval	various.txt	/*+eval*
@@ -1200,6 +1208,7 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 +mouse	various.txt	/*+mouse*
 +mouse_dec	various.txt	/*+mouse_dec*
 +mouse_gpm	various.txt	/*+mouse_gpm*
++mouse_jsbterm	various.txt	/*+mouse_jsbterm*
 +mouse_netterm	various.txt	/*+mouse_netterm*
 +mouse_pterm	various.txt	/*+mouse_pterm*
 +mouse_sgr	various.txt	/*+mouse_sgr*
@@ -1414,6 +1423,7 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 /\%>c	pattern.txt	/*\/\\%>c*
 /\%>l	pattern.txt	/*\/\\%>l*
 /\%>v	pattern.txt	/*\/\\%>v*
+/\%C	pattern.txt	/*\/\\%C*
 /\%U	pattern.txt	/*\/\\%U*
 /\%V	pattern.txt	/*\/\\%V*
 /\%[]	pattern.txt	/*\/\\%[]*
@@ -1788,6 +1798,7 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 :3match	pattern.txt	/*:3match*
 ::.	cmdline.txt	/*::.*
 ::8	cmdline.txt	/*::8*
+::S	cmdline.txt	/*::S*
 ::e	cmdline.txt	/*::e*
 ::gs	cmdline.txt	/*::gs*
 ::h	cmdline.txt	/*::h*
@@ -1827,6 +1838,7 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 :GnatPretty	ft_ada.txt	/*:GnatPretty*
 :GnatTags	ft_ada.txt	/*:GnatTags*
 :Hexplore	pi_netrw.txt	/*:Hexplore*
+:Lexplore	pi_netrw.txt	/*:Lexplore*
 :Man	filetype.txt	/*:Man*
 :MkVimball	pi_vimball.txt	/*:MkVimball*
 :N	editing.txt	/*:N*
@@ -1838,6 +1850,7 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 :Nread	pi_netrw.txt	/*:Nread*
 :Ns	pi_netrw.txt	/*:Ns*
 :Nsource	pi_netrw.txt	/*:Nsource*
+:Ntree	pi_netrw.txt	/*:Ntree*
 :Nw	pi_netrw.txt	/*:Nw*
 :Nwrite	pi_netrw.txt	/*:Nwrite*
 :P	various.txt	/*:P*
@@ -1969,8 +1982,8 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 :cabc	map.txt	/*:cabc*
 :cabclear	map.txt	/*:cabclear*
 :cad	quickfix.txt	/*:cad*
-:caddb	quickfix.txt	/*:caddb*
 :caddbuffer	quickfix.txt	/*:caddbuffer*
+:cadde	quickfix.txt	/*:cadde*
 :caddexpr	quickfix.txt	/*:caddexpr*
 :caddf	quickfix.txt	/*:caddf*
 :caddfile	quickfix.txt	/*:caddfile*
@@ -2214,6 +2227,9 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 :foldopen	fold.txt	/*:foldopen*
 :for	eval.txt	/*:for*
 :fu	eval.txt	/*:fu*
+:func-abort	eval.txt	/*:func-abort*
+:func-dict	eval.txt	/*:func-dict*
+:func-range	eval.txt	/*:func-range*
 :function	eval.txt	/*:function*
 :function-verbose	eval.txt	/*:function-verbose*
 :g	repeat.txt	/*:g*
@@ -2300,6 +2316,8 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 :keepj	motion.txt	/*:keepj*
 :keepjumps	motion.txt	/*:keepjumps*
 :keepmarks	motion.txt	/*:keepmarks*
+:keepp	cmdline.txt	/*:keepp*
+:keeppatterns	cmdline.txt	/*:keeppatterns*
 :l	various.txt	/*:l*
 :lN	quickfix.txt	/*:lN*
 :lNext	quickfix.txt	/*:lNext*
@@ -2491,6 +2509,7 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 :nbkey	netbeans.txt	/*:nbkey*
 :nbstart	netbeans.txt	/*:nbstart*
 :ne	editing.txt	/*:ne*
+:netrw-s-cr	pi_netrw.txt	/*:netrw-s-cr*
 :new	windows.txt	/*:new*
 :next	editing.txt	/*:next*
 :next_f	editing.txt	/*:next_f*
@@ -2511,8 +2530,11 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 :noautocmd	autocmd.txt	/*:noautocmd*
 :noh	pattern.txt	/*:noh*
 :nohlsearch	pattern.txt	/*:nohlsearch*
+:nor	map.txt	/*:nor*
+:nore	map.txt	/*:nore*
 :norea	map.txt	/*:norea*
 :noreabbrev	map.txt	/*:noreabbrev*
+:norem	map.txt	/*:norem*
 :noremap	map.txt	/*:noremap*
 :noremap!	map.txt	/*:noremap!*
 :noreme	gui.txt	/*:noreme*
@@ -2520,6 +2542,8 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 :norm	various.txt	/*:norm*
 :normal	various.txt	/*:normal*
 :normal-range	various.txt	/*:normal-range*
+:nos	recover.txt	/*:nos*
+:noswapfile	recover.txt	/*:noswapfile*
 :nu	various.txt	/*:nu*
 :number	various.txt	/*:number*
 :nun	map.txt	/*:nun*
@@ -2740,6 +2764,7 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 :sign-jump	sign.txt	/*:sign-jump*
 :sign-list	sign.txt	/*:sign-list*
 :sign-place	sign.txt	/*:sign-place*
+:sign-place-list	sign.txt	/*:sign-place-list*
 :sign-undefine	sign.txt	/*:sign-undefine*
 :sign-unplace	sign.txt	/*:sign-unplace*
 :sil	various.txt	/*:sil*
@@ -3429,6 +3454,7 @@ CTRL-^	editing.txt	/*CTRL-^*
 CTRL-{char}	intro.txt	/*CTRL-{char}*
 Chinese	mbyte.txt	/*Chinese*
 Cmd-event	autocmd.txt	/*Cmd-event*
+CmdUndefined	autocmd.txt	/*CmdUndefined*
 Cmdline	cmdline.txt	/*Cmdline*
 Cmdline-mode	cmdline.txt	/*Cmdline-mode*
 CmdwinEnter	autocmd.txt	/*CmdwinEnter*
@@ -3570,7 +3596,7 @@ E201	autocmd.txt	/*E201*
 E202	options.txt	/*E202*
 E203	autocmd.txt	/*E203*
 E204	autocmd.txt	/*E204*
-E205	if_pyth.txt	/*E205*
+E205	options.txt	/*E205*
 E206	options.txt	/*E206*
 E207	editing.txt	/*E207*
 E208	message.txt	/*E208*
@@ -4296,6 +4322,14 @@ E878	pattern.txt	/*E878*
 E879	syntax.txt	/*E879*
 E88	windows.txt	/*E88*
 E880	if_pyth.txt	/*E880*
+E881	autocmd.txt	/*E881*
+E882	eval.txt	/*E882*
+E883	eval.txt	/*E883*
+E884	eval.txt	/*E884*
+E885	sign.txt	/*E885*
+E886	starting.txt	/*E886*
+E887	if_pyth.txt	/*E887*
+E888	pattern.txt	/*E888*
 E89	message.txt	/*E89*
 E90	message.txt	/*E90*
 E91	options.txt	/*E91*
@@ -4425,6 +4459,13 @@ Operator-pending-mode	intro.txt	/*Operator-pending-mode*
 OverTheSpot	mbyte.txt	/*OverTheSpot*
 P	change.txt	/*P*
 PATHEXT	eval.txt	/*PATHEXT*
+PHP_BracesAtCodeLevel	indent.txt	/*PHP_BracesAtCodeLevel*
+PHP_autoformatcomment	indent.txt	/*PHP_autoformatcomment*
+PHP_default_indenting	indent.txt	/*PHP_default_indenting*
+PHP_outdentSLComments	indent.txt	/*PHP_outdentSLComments*
+PHP_outdentphpescape	indent.txt	/*PHP_outdentphpescape*
+PHP_removeCRwhenUnix	indent.txt	/*PHP_removeCRwhenUnix*
+PHP_vintage_case_default_indent	indent.txt	/*PHP_vintage_case_default_indent*
 Pattern	pattern.txt	/*Pattern*
 Perl	if_perl.txt	/*Perl*
 Posix	intro.txt	/*Posix*
@@ -4768,6 +4809,7 @@ argidx()	eval.txt	/*argidx()*
 arglist	editing.txt	/*arglist*
 arglist-position	editing.txt	/*arglist-position*
 arglist-quit	usr_07.txt	/*arglist-quit*
+arglistid()	eval.txt	/*arglistid()*
 argument-list	editing.txt	/*argument-list*
 argv()	eval.txt	/*argv()*
 as	motion.txt	/*as*
@@ -4865,6 +4907,7 @@ blockwise-operators	visual.txt	/*blockwise-operators*
 blockwise-register	change.txt	/*blockwise-register*
 blockwise-visual	visual.txt	/*blockwise-visual*
 blowfish	options.txt	/*blowfish*
+blowfish2	options.txt	/*blowfish2*
 bold	syntax.txt	/*bold*
 bom-bytes	mbyte.txt	/*bom-bytes*
 book	intro.txt	/*book*
@@ -4902,6 +4945,7 @@ builtin_terms	term.txt	/*builtin_terms*
 byte-count	editing.txt	/*byte-count*
 byte2line()	eval.txt	/*byte2line()*
 byteidx()	eval.txt	/*byteidx()*
+byteidxcomp()	eval.txt	/*byteidxcomp()*
 bzip2	pi_gzip.txt	/*bzip2*
 c	change.txt	/*c*
 c.vim	syntax.txt	/*c.vim*
@@ -5352,6 +5396,7 @@ diW	motion.txt	/*diW*
 dialog	gui_w32.txt	/*dialog*
 dialogs-added	version5.txt	/*dialogs-added*
 dib	motion.txt	/*dib*
+dict	eval.txt	/*dict*
 dict-functions	usr_41.txt	/*dict-functions*
 dict-identity	eval.txt	/*dict-identity*
 dict-modification	eval.txt	/*dict-modification*
@@ -5460,6 +5505,8 @@ errors	message.txt	/*errors*
 escape	intro.txt	/*escape*
 escape()	eval.txt	/*escape()*
 escape-bar	version4.txt	/*escape-bar*
+euphoria3.vim	syntax.txt	/*euphoria3.vim*
+euphoria4.vim	syntax.txt	/*euphoria4.vim*
 eval	eval.txt	/*eval*
 eval()	eval.txt	/*eval()*
 eval-examples	eval.txt	/*eval-examples*
@@ -5494,6 +5541,7 @@ exclusive	motion.txt	/*exclusive*
 exclusive-linewise	motion.txt	/*exclusive-linewise*
 executable()	eval.txt	/*executable()*
 execute-menus	gui.txt	/*execute-menus*
+exepath()	eval.txt	/*exepath()*
 exim	starting.txt	/*exim*
 exists()	eval.txt	/*exists()*
 exp()	eval.txt	/*exp()*
@@ -5710,6 +5758,7 @@ ft-changelog-plugin	filetype.txt	/*ft-changelog-plugin*
 ft-changelog-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-changelog-syntax*
 ft-chill-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-chill-syntax*
 ft-clojure-indent	indent.txt	/*ft-clojure-indent*
+ft-clojure-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-clojure-syntax*
 ft-cobol-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-cobol-syntax*
 ft-coldfusion-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-coldfusion-syntax*
 ft-cpp-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-cpp-syntax*
@@ -5726,6 +5775,7 @@ ft-dosbatch-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-dosbatch-syntax*
 ft-dtd-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-dtd-syntax*
 ft-eiffel-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-eiffel-syntax*
 ft-erlang-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-erlang-syntax*
+ft-euphoria-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-euphoria-syntax*
 ft-flexwiki-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-flexwiki-syntax*
 ft-form-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-form-syntax*
 ft-fortran-indent	indent.txt	/*ft-fortran-indent*
@@ -5878,6 +5928,8 @@ g:ada_standard_types	ft_ada.txt	/*g:ada_standard_types*
 g:ada_with_gnat_project_files	ft_ada.txt	/*g:ada_with_gnat_project_files*
 g:ada_withuse_ordinary	ft_ada.txt	/*g:ada_withuse_ordinary*
 g:clojure_align_multiline_strings	indent.txt	/*g:clojure_align_multiline_strings*
+g:clojure_align_subforms	indent.txt	/*g:clojure_align_subforms*
+g:clojure_fold	syntax.txt	/*g:clojure_fold*
 g:clojure_fuzzy_indent	indent.txt	/*g:clojure_fuzzy_indent*
 g:clojure_fuzzy_indent_blacklist	indent.txt	/*g:clojure_fuzzy_indent_blacklist*
 g:clojure_fuzzy_indent_patterns	indent.txt	/*g:clojure_fuzzy_indent_patterns*
@@ -5926,6 +5978,7 @@ g:html_use_css	syntax.txt	/*g:html_use_css*
 g:html_use_encoding	syntax.txt	/*g:html_use_encoding*
 g:html_use_xhtml	syntax.txt	/*g:html_use_xhtml*
 g:html_whole_filler	syntax.txt	/*g:html_whole_filler*
+g:netrw_altfile	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_altfile*
 g:netrw_alto	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_alto*
 g:netrw_altv	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_altv*
 g:netrw_banner	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_banner*
@@ -5946,6 +5999,7 @@ g:netrw_dynamic_maxfilenamelen	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_dynamic_maxfilenamelen*
 g:netrw_errorlvl	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_errorlvl*
 g:netrw_fastbrowse	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_fastbrowse*
 g:netrw_fetch_cmd	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_fetch_cmd*
+g:netrw_ffkeep	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_ffkeep*
 g:netrw_fname_escape	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_fname_escape*
 g:netrw_ftp	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_ftp*
 g:netrw_ftp_browse_reject	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_ftp_browse_reject*
@@ -5960,6 +6014,7 @@ g:netrw_glob_escape	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_glob_escape*
 g:netrw_hide	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_hide*
 g:netrw_home	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_home*
 g:netrw_http_cmd	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_http_cmd*
+g:netrw_http_put_cmd	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_http_put_cmd*
 g:netrw_http_xcmd	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_http_xcmd*
 g:netrw_ignorenetrc	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_ignorenetrc*
 g:netrw_keepdir	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_keepdir*
@@ -6026,6 +6081,8 @@ g:tex_isk	syntax.txt	/*g:tex_isk*
 g:tex_no_error	syntax.txt	/*g:tex_no_error*
 g:tex_nospell	syntax.txt	/*g:tex_nospell*
 g:tex_stylish	syntax.txt	/*g:tex_stylish*
+g:tex_subscripts	syntax.txt	/*g:tex_subscripts*
+g:tex_superscripts	syntax.txt	/*g:tex_superscripts*
 g:tex_verbspell	syntax.txt	/*g:tex_verbspell*
 g:var	eval.txt	/*g:var*
 g:vimball_home	pi_vimball.txt	/*g:vimball_home*
@@ -6089,6 +6146,8 @@ getcharmod()	eval.txt	/*getcharmod()*
 getcmdline()	eval.txt	/*getcmdline()*
 getcmdpos()	eval.txt	/*getcmdpos()*
 getcmdtype()	eval.txt	/*getcmdtype()*
+getcmdwintype()	eval.txt	/*getcmdwintype()*
+getcurpos()	eval.txt	/*getcurpos()*
 getcwd()	eval.txt	/*getcwd()*
 getfontname()	eval.txt	/*getfontname()*
 getfperm()	eval.txt	/*getfperm()*
@@ -6360,6 +6419,7 @@ hl-WarningMsg	syntax.txt	/*hl-WarningMsg*
 hl-WildMenu	syntax.txt	/*hl-WildMenu*
 hlID()	eval.txt	/*hlID()*
 hlexists()	eval.txt	/*hlexists()*
+hlsearch-variable	eval.txt	/*hlsearch-variable*
 holy-grail	index.txt	/*holy-grail*
 home	intro.txt	/*home*
 home-replace	editing.txt	/*home-replace*
@@ -6671,6 +6731,7 @@ linewise-register	change.txt	/*linewise-register*
 linewise-visual	visual.txt	/*linewise-visual*
 lisp.vim	syntax.txt	/*lisp.vim*
 lispindent()	eval.txt	/*lispindent()*
+list	eval.txt	/*list*
 list-functions	usr_41.txt	/*list-functions*
 list-identity	eval.txt	/*list-identity*
 list-index	eval.txt	/*list-index*
@@ -6782,6 +6843,7 @@ match()	eval.txt	/*match()*
 match-highlight	pattern.txt	/*match-highlight*
 match-parens	tips.txt	/*match-parens*
 matchadd()	eval.txt	/*matchadd()*
+matchaddpos()	eval.txt	/*matchaddpos()*
 matcharg()	eval.txt	/*matcharg()*
 matchdelete()	eval.txt	/*matchdelete()*
 matchend()	eval.txt	/*matchend()*
@@ -6923,6 +6985,15 @@ netreadfixup	pi_netrw.txt	/*netreadfixup*
 netrw	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw*
 netrw-%	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-%*
 netrw--	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw--*
+netrw-:Explore	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-:Explore*
+netrw-:Hexplore	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-:Hexplore*
+netrw-:Lexplore	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-:Lexplore*
+netrw-:MF	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-:MF*
+netrw-:MT	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-:MT*
+netrw-:Rexplore	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-:Rexplore*
+netrw-:Sexplore	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-:Sexplore*
+netrw-:Texplore	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-:Texplore*
+netrw-:Vexplore	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-:Vexplore*
 netrw-C	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-C*
 netrw-D	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-D*
 netrw-O	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-O*
@@ -6980,6 +7051,7 @@ netrw-gd	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-gd*
 netrw-getftype	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-getftype*
 netrw-gf	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-gf*
 netrw-gh	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-gh*
+netrw-gitignore	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-gitignore*
 netrw-gp	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-gp*
 netrw-gx	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-gx*
 netrw-handler	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-handler*
@@ -6994,6 +7066,7 @@ netrw-incompatible	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-incompatible*
 netrw-internal-variables	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-internal-variables*
 netrw-intro-browse	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-intro-browse*
 netrw-leftmouse	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-leftmouse*
+netrw-lexplore	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-lexplore*
 netrw-list	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-list*
 netrw-listbookmark	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-listbookmark*
 netrw-listhack	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-listhack*
@@ -7024,6 +7097,7 @@ netrw-netrc	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-netrc*
 netrw-nexplore	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-nexplore*
 netrw-noload	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-noload*
 netrw-nread	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-nread*
+netrw-ntree	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-ntree*
 netrw-nwrite	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-nwrite*
 netrw-o	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-o*
 netrw-options	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-options*
@@ -7035,6 +7109,7 @@ netrw-p12	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-p12*
 netrw-p13	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-p13*
 netrw-p14	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-p14*
 netrw-p15	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-p15*
+netrw-p16	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-p16*
 netrw-p2	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-p2*
 netrw-p3	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-p3*
 netrw-p4	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-p4*
@@ -7376,6 +7451,7 @@ profile	repeat.txt	/*profile*
 profiling	repeat.txt	/*profiling*
 profiling-variable	eval.txt	/*profiling-variable*
 progname-variable	eval.txt	/*progname-variable*
+progpath-variable	eval.txt	/*progpath-variable*
 progress.vim	syntax.txt	/*progress.vim*
 pronounce	intro.txt	/*pronounce*
 psql	ft_sql.txt	/*psql*
@@ -7579,6 +7655,7 @@ s/\2	change.txt	/*s\/\\2*
 s/\3	change.txt	/*s\/\\3*
 s/\9	change.txt	/*s\/\\9*
 s/\<CR>	change.txt	/*s\/\\<CR>*
+s/\=	change.txt	/*s\/\\=*
 s/\E	change.txt	/*s\/\\E*
 s/\L	change.txt	/*s\/\\L*
 s/\U	change.txt	/*s\/\\U*
@@ -7789,6 +7866,7 @@ spell-affix-flags	spell.txt	/*spell-affix-flags*
 spell-affix-mbyte	spell.txt	/*spell-affix-mbyte*
 spell-affix-not-supported	spell.txt	/*spell-affix-not-supported*
 spell-affix-vim	spell.txt	/*spell-affix-vim*
+spell-cjk	spell.txt	/*spell-cjk*
 spell-compound	spell.txt	/*spell-compound*
 spell-dic-format	spell.txt	/*spell-dic-format*
 spell-double-scoring	spell.txt	/*spell-double-scoring*
@@ -7874,6 +7952,7 @@ strcspn()	eval.txt	/*strcspn()*
 strdisplaywidth()	eval.txt	/*strdisplaywidth()*
 strftime()	eval.txt	/*strftime()*
 stridx()	eval.txt	/*stridx()*
+string	eval.txt	/*string*
 string()	eval.txt	/*string()*
 string-functions	usr_41.txt	/*string-functions*
 string-match	eval.txt	/*string-match*
@@ -7938,6 +8017,7 @@ sysmouse	term.txt	/*sysmouse*
 system()	eval.txt	/*system()*
 system-functions	usr_41.txt	/*system-functions*
 system-vimrc	starting.txt	/*system-vimrc*
+systemlist()	eval.txt	/*systemlist()*
 s~	change.txt	/*s~*
 t	motion.txt	/*t*
 t:	eval.txt	/*t:*
@@ -8222,6 +8302,7 @@ tex-runon	syntax.txt	/*tex-runon*
 tex-slow	syntax.txt	/*tex-slow*
 tex-stopzone	syntax.txt	/*tex-stopzone*
 tex-style	syntax.txt	/*tex-style*
+tex-supersub	syntax.txt	/*tex-supersub*
 tex-sync	syntax.txt	/*tex-sync*
 tex-verb	syntax.txt	/*tex-verb*
 tex.vim	syntax.txt	/*tex.vim*
@@ -8282,6 +8363,7 @@ undo_ftplugin	usr_41.txt	/*undo_ftplugin*
 undofile()	eval.txt	/*undofile()*
 undotree()	eval.txt	/*undotree()*
 unicode	mbyte.txt	/*unicode*
+uniq()	eval.txt	/*uniq()*
 unix	os_unix.txt	/*unix*
 unlisted-buffer	windows.txt	/*unlisted-buffer*
 up-down-motions	motion.txt	/*up-down-motions*
@@ -8366,6 +8448,7 @@ v:folddashes	eval.txt	/*v:folddashes*
 v:foldend	eval.txt	/*v:foldend*
 v:foldlevel	eval.txt	/*v:foldlevel*
 v:foldstart	eval.txt	/*v:foldstart*
+v:hlsearch	eval.txt	/*v:hlsearch*
 v:insertmode	eval.txt	/*v:insertmode*
 v:key	eval.txt	/*v:key*
 v:lang	eval.txt	/*v:lang*
@@ -8379,6 +8462,7 @@ v:operator	eval.txt	/*v:operator*
 v:prevcount	eval.txt	/*v:prevcount*
 v:profiling	eval.txt	/*v:profiling*
 v:progname	eval.txt	/*v:progname*
+v:progpath	eval.txt	/*v:progpath*
 v:register	eval.txt	/*v:register*
 v:scrollstart	eval.txt	/*v:scrollstart*
 v:searchforward	eval.txt	/*v:searchforward*

runtime/doc/tagsrch.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*tagsrch.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2013 Jul 28
+*tagsrch.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2013 Oct 01
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -771,11 +771,11 @@ CTRL-W i		Open a new window, with the cursor on the first line
 
 							*:dli* *:dlist*
 :[range]dli[st][!] [/]string[/]
-			Like "[D"  and "]D", but search in [range] lines
+			Like `[D`  and `]D`, but search in [range] lines
 			(default: whole file).
 			See |:search-args| for [/] and [!].  {not in Vi}
-			Note that ":dl" works like ":delete" with the "l"
-			register.
+			Note that `:dl` works like `:delete` with the "l"
+			flag, not `:dlist`.
 
 							*[_CTRL-D*
 [ CTRL-D		Jump to the first macro definition that contains the

runtime/doc/term.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*term.txt*      For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2013 Mar 13
+*term.txt*      For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 May 13
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -666,8 +666,8 @@ When the X-server clipboard is available, the command server described in
 
 							*xterm-copy-paste*
 NOTE: In some (older) xterms, it's not possible to move the cursor past column
-95.  This is an xterm problem, not Vim's.  Get a newer xterm |color-xterm|.
-Now the limit is 223 columns.
+95 or 223.  This is an xterm problem, not Vim's.  Get a newer xterm
+|color-xterm|.  Also see |'ttymouse'|.
 
 Copy/paste in xterm with (current mode NOT included in 'mouse'):
 1. Press left mouse button on first letter of text, move mouse pointer to last

runtime/doc/todo.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*todo.txt*      For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2013 Sep 22
+*todo.txt*      For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Sep 09
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -34,119 +34,307 @@ not be repeated below, unless there is extra information.
 							*known-bugs*
 -------------------- Known bugs and current work -----------------------
 
-NFA engine mismatch, with example. (ZyX, 2013 Aug 29)
+Regexp problems:
+- Bug with pattern: '\vblock (\d+)\.\n.*\d+%(\1)@<!\.$'
+  (Lech Lorens, 2014 Feb 3)
+- Issue 164: freeze on regexp search.
+- Ignorecase not handled properly for multi-byte characters. (Axel Bender,
+  2013 Dec 11)
+- Using \@> and \?. (Brett Stahlman, 2013 Dec 21) Remark from Marcin Szamotulski
+  Remark from Brett 2014 Jan 6 and 7.
+- Bug when using \>. (Ramel, 2014 Feb 2) (Aaron Bohannon, 2014 Feb 13)
+- NFA regexp doesn't handle \%<v correctly. (Ingo Karkat, 2014 May 12)
+- Does not work with NFA regexp engine:
+  \%u, \%x, \%o, \%d followed by a composing character
+- Bug relating to back references. (Ingo Karkat, 2014 Jul 24)
+- Using back reference before the capturing group sometimes works with the old
+  engine, can we do this with the new engine?  E.g. with
+  "/\%(<\1>\)\@<=.*\%(<\/\(\w\+\)>\)\@=" matching text inside HTML tags.
 
-NFA engine difference, with test case. (Axel Bender, 2013 Sep 17)
-Comments from Vlad Irnov Sep 18.
+Still using freed memory after using setloclist(). (lcd, 2014 Jul 23)
+More info Jul 24.  Not clear why.
 
-Problem positioning the cursor after auto-formatting without a comment. (Tor
-Perkins, 2013 Sep 1)
+Patch to make getregtype() return the right size for non-linux systems.
+(Yasuhiro Matsumoto, 2014 Jul 8)
+Breaks test_eval.  Inefficient, can we only compute y_width when needed?
 
-Patch to fix test 92 and 93 failing in a bad way. (Hirohito Higashi, 2013 Sep
-11)
+Problem that a previous silent ":throw" causes a following try/catch not to
+work. (ZyX, 2013 Sep 28)
 
-Patch to fix using "p" in Visual block mode. (Christian Brabandt, 2013 Sep 19)
+Update for Romanian spell file. (Vanilla Ice, 2014 Aug 13)
+Still produces errors.
+Add flag to ignore fifth argument of SFX.
+Conversion from utf-8 to cp1250 can't be without errors.
 
-Using \1 in pattern goes one line too far. (Bohr Shaw, 2013 Sep 5)
-Column is OK.  "/\v(^.+\n)\1/e" (John Little, Sep 5)
-Also, matches start of 2nd line, not the whole line.
+Patch to remove ETO_IGNORELANGUAGE, it causes Chinese characters not to show
+up. (Paul Moore, 2014 Jul 30)
+Should it depend on the Windows version?  Waiting for feedback.
+No longer needed after including DirectX patch?
+Related to issue 255?
 
-Error for incomplete help argument. (John Beckett, 2013 Sep 12)
+Problem with linebreak, adds a test that fails. (Nazri Ramliy, 2014 Sep 6)
 
-Popup menu: first item is not selected when typing more than one character?
+Patch to avoid problems with encoding conversion with diff.vim.
+(Yasuhiro Matsumoto, 2014 Sep 1.
 
-Patch to add async functionality. (Geoff Greer, 2013 Sep 1)
+Patch by Marcin Szamotulski to add count to :close (2014 Aug 10, update Aug
+14, Aug 30)
+    Make ":1close" close the first window.
+    Make ":+1close" close the next window.
+    Make ":-1close" close the previous window.
+Can't easily close the help window, like ":pc" closes the preview window and
+":ccl" closes the quickfix window.  Add ":hclose". (Chris Gaal)
+Patch for :helpclose, Christian Brabandt, 2010 Sep 6.
 
-Patch to avoid mouse cursor flickering. (Ken Takata,, 2013 Sep 2)
+Patch to fix line formatting bug. (Christian Brabandt, 2014 Sep 7)
 
-Patch to make zg and zb work better. (Christian Brabandt, 2013 Sep 8)
+Patch to fix ml_get error. (Christian Brabandt, 2014 Sep 7)
 
-Patch to fix that VC10 does not stat() a symlink to a directory.
-(Ken Takata,, 2013 Sep 20)  Update Sep 21
+Patch by Marcin Szamotulski to add +cmd to buffer commands.
+(2014 Aug 18)
 
-Should win_redr_custom() not be allowed to use recursively?
-(Yasuhiro Matsumoto, 2013 Aug 15)
+Patch to fix encoding of arguments when setting 'encoding'. (Yasuhiro
+Matsumoto, 2014 Sep 4)
 
-NFA engine combining character mismatch. (glts, 2013 Aug 27)
-Remark Dominique, Aug 27
+Patch to fix that system() with empty input fails. (Olaf Dabrunz, 2014 Aug 19)
 
-Patch to make Tcl 8.6 work. (Issue 167)
+When using a visual selection of multiple words and doing CTRL-W_] it jumps to
+the tag matching the word under the cursor, not the selected text.
+(Patrick hemmer)
+Patch by Christian, 2014 Aug 8.
 
-Patch to make input() work while inside :normal. (Yasuhiro Matsumoto, 2013 Sep
-19)
+Completion for :buf does not use 'wildignorecase'. (Akshay H, 2014 May 31)
+
+Patch to handle list with some items locked. (ZyX, 2014 Aug 17)
+Prefer the second solution.
+
+Issue 252.  Patch by Christian, 2014 Aug 26.
+
+":cd C:\Windows\System32\drivers\etc*" does not work, even though the
+directory exists. (Sergio Gallelli, 2013 Dec 29)
+
+Patch to add a special key name for K_CURSORHOLD. (Hirohito Higashi, 2014 Aug
+10)
+
+The entries added by matchaddpos() are returned by getmatches() but can't be
+set with setmatches(). (lcd47, 2014 Jun 29)
 
 Problem using ":try" inside ":execute". (ZyX, 2013 Sep 15)
 
-Issue 164: freeze on regexp search.
-
 Python: ":py raw_input('prompt')" doesn't work. (Manu Hack)
 
-Patch to fix substitute prompt with line number. (Benoit Pierre, 2013 Aug 27,
-third message)
+Value returned by virtcol() changes depending on how lines wrap.  This is
+inconsistent with the documentation.
 
-Patch to avoid problem with colon in file name. (Yasuhiro Matsumoto, 2013 Sep
-5) Only copy file name when needed: Sep 9.
-
-Include systemverilog file?  Two votes yes.
-
-Wrapping around end of file does not work for "." after "cgn".  (Dimitar
-Dimitrov)
-Patch by Christian Brabandt, 2013 Aug 22
-
-Clang error for integer overflow. (Dominique Pelle, 2013 Sep 21)
-
-Patch to add v:hlsearch. (ZyX, 2013 Sep 22)
-
-Problem with 'spellsuggest' file, only works for some words.
-(Cesar Romani, 2013 Aug 20)  Depends on file name? (Aug 24)
-Additional remark by glts: the suggested words are marked bad?
+MS-Windows: Crash opening very long file name starting with "\\".
+(Christian Brock, 2012 Jun 29)
 
 Syntax highlighting slow (hangs) in SASS file. (Niek Bosch, 2013 Aug 21)
 
+Patch to allow for a different icon on MS-Windows. (Yasuhiro Matsumoto, 2014
+Sep 7).
+
 Adding "~" to 'cdpath' doesn't work for completion?  (Davido, 2013 Aug 19)
 
-Patch to make has() check for Vim version and patch at the same time.
-(Marc Weber, 2013 Jun 7)
+"hi link" does not respect groups with GUI settings only. (Mark Lodato, 2014
+Jun 8)
+
+No error for missing endwhile. (ZyX, 2014 Mar 20)
+
+Patch to add :arglocal and :arglists. (Marcin Szamotulski, 2014 Aug 6)
+
+PHP syntax is extremely slow. (Anhad Jai Singh, 2014 Jan 19)
+
+Spell files use a latin single quote. Unicode also has another single quote:
+0x2019.  (Ron Aaron, 2014 Apr 4)
+New OpenOffice spell files support this with ICONV.  But they are not
+compatible with Vim spell files.  The old files can no longer be downloaded.
+
+Win32: patch to use 64 bit stat() if possible. (Ken Takata, 2014 May 12)
+More tests May 14. Update May 29.  Update Aug 10.
+
+The garbage collector may use too much stack.  Make set_ref_in_item()
+iterative instead of recursive.   Test program by Marc Weber (2013 Dec 10)
+Patch by Ben Fritz, 2014 Jun 22.
+Related: Vim hangs when freeing a lot of objects.  Patch by Yasuhiro
+Matsumoto, 2014 Aug 26.
+
+Idea: For a window in the middle (has window above and below it), use
+right-mouse-drag on the status line to move a window up/down without changing
+its height?  It's like dragging the status bar above it at the same time.
+
+Can we make ":unlet $VAR" use unsetenv() to delete the env var?
+What for systems that don't have unsetenv()?
+
+This does not give an error: (Andre Sihera, 2014 Mar 21)
+    vim -u NONE 1 2 3 -c 'bufdo if 1 | echo 1'
+This neither: (ZyX)
+    vim -u NONE 1 2 3 -c 'bufdo while 1 | echo 1'
+
+'viewdir' default on MS-Windows is not a good choice, it's a system directory.
+Change 'viewdir' to "$HOME/vimfiles/view" and use 'viewdiralt' to also read
+from?
+
+Problem with upwards search on Windows (works OK on Linux). (Brett Stahlman,
+2014 Jun 8)
+
+Include a plugin manager with Vim? Neobundle seems to be the best currently.
+Long message about this from ZyX, 2014 Mar 23.  And following replies.
+Also see http://vim-wiki.mawercer.de/wiki/topic/vim%20plugin%20managment.html
+User view:
+- Support multiple sources, basically any http:// URL.  Be able to look into
+  the files before deciding to install.
+- Be able to try out a plugin and remove it again with (almost) no traces.
+- Each plugin needs a "manifest" file that has the version, dependencies
+  (including Vim version and features), conflicts, list of files, etc.
+  Updater uses that to decide what/how to update.
+  Dependencies can use a URL for specific versions, or short name for scripts
+  on vim.org.
+- Once a plugin is installed it remembers where it came from, updater checks
+  there.  Can manually update when really needed.
+- Must be possible to install for one user.  Also system wide?
+- Can edit plugin config with Vim. Can temporarily disable a plugin.
+- Run the update manually, find latest version and install.
+- Be able to download without special tools, must work for 95% of users.
+Implementation:
+- Avoid the 'runtimepath' getting long.  Need some other way to keep each
+  plugin separate.
+- When installing or updating, first figure out what needs to be done. This
+  may involve recursively fetching manifest files for dependencies.  Then show
+  the user what's going to change and ask for OK.
+- Scripts on Vim.org must be able to consist of several files.  Is zip format
+  sufficient?  Upload the manifest?  Or refer to a site that has the manifest?
+- Best is to fetch individual files or use a Vimball. Reduces dependency on
+  tools that might be missing and allows inspection of the files before
+  installing.
+Out of scope:
+- Overview of plugins, ratings, comments, etc.  That's another world.
+- Development work on plugins (although diff with distributed version would be
+  useful).
+
+Setting the spell file in a session only reads the local additions, not the
+normal spell file. (Enno Nagel, 2014 Mar 29)
+
+CTRL-] in Visual mode uses the selected text as a tag.  This does not work
+when preceded with CTRL-W. (Patrick Hemmer, 2014 Jun 28)
+
+When typing the first character of a command, e.g. "f", then using a menu, the
+menu item doesn't work.  Clear typeahead when using a menu?
+
+Editing an ascii file as ucs-2 or ucs-4 causes display errors.
+(ZyX, 2014 Mar 30)
+
+":Next 1 some-arg" does not complain about trailing argument.  Also for
+various other commands.  (ZyX, 2014 Mar 30)
+
+patch to skip sort if no line matches the expression.
+(Christian Brabandt, 2014 Jun 25)
+
+Patch to add sortuniq(). (Cade Forester, 2014 Mar 19)
+Or add uniq() instead?  Patch by lcd47, but it has problems.
+
+Patch to support sorting on floating point number.  (Alex Jakushev, 2010 Oct
+30)
+
+Patch to support expression argument to sort() instead of a function name.
+Yasuhiro Matsumoto, 2013 May 31.
+Or should we add a more general mechanism, like lambda functions?
+
+VMS: Select() doesn't work properly, typing ESC may hang Vim.  Use sys$qiow
+instead. (Samuel Ferencik, 2013 Sep 28)
+
+Patch for XDG base directory support. (Jean François Bignolles, 2014 Mar 4)
+Remark on the docs.  Should not be a compile time feature.  But then what?
+
+Completion of ":e" is ":earlier", should be ":edit".  Complete to the matching
+command instead of doing this alphabetically. (Mikel Jorgensen)
+
+Patch to add v:completed_item. (Shougo Matsu, 2013 Nov 29).
+
+Patch to get MSVC version in a nicer way. (Ken Takata, 2014 Jul 24)
+
+Patch to make test 100 work on MS-Windows. (Taro Muraoka, 2013 Dec 12)
+
+Patch to define macros for hardcoded values. (Elias Diem, 2013 Dec 14)
+
+Perl: support for Activestate perl 5.18: Issue 170.
 
 Several syntax file match "^\s*" which may get underlined if that's in the
 highlight group.  Add a "\zs" after it?
 
-Win32: When a directory name contains an exclamation mark, completion doesn't
-complete the contents of the directory.  No escaping for the "!"? (Jan
-Stocker, 2012 Jan 5; 2013 Aug 20)
-Patch 2013 Sept 10, test: Sept 11.
+Patch to fix temp directories for Windows, so that it works without tweaking.
+Issue 28.
 
 Go through more coverity reports.
 
+Patch to add ":undorecover", get as much text out of the undo file as
+possible. (Christian Brabandt, 2014 Mar 12, update Aug 22)
+
+Include Haiku port? (Adrien Destugues, Siarzhuk Zharski, 2013 Oct 24)
+
+Updated spec ftplugin. (Matěj Cepl, 2013 Oct 16)
+
+Patch to right-align signs. (James Kolb (email james), 2013 Sep 23)
+
+Patch to handle integer overflow. (Aaron Burrow, 2013 Dec 12)
+
 With "$" in 'cpoptions' the popup menu isn't fully drawn. (Matti Niemenmaa,
 2013 Sep 5)
 
-"gUgn" cannot be repeated, while "dgn" can. (Dimitar Dimitrov)
-Patch by Christian Brabandt (2013 Aug 12)
+Patch to add "ntab" item in 'listchars' to repeat first character. (Nathaniel
+Braun, pragm, 2013 Oct 13)  A better solution 2014 Mar 5.
 
-Several Win32 functions are not using Unicode.
-Patches to fix this. (Ken Takata, 2013 Aug 9)
+Undo message is not always properly displayed.  Patch by Ken Takata, 2013 oct
+3.  Doesn't work properly according to Yukihiro Nakadaira.
 
 /[b-a] gives error E16, should probably be E769.
 
+7   Windows XP: When using "ClearType" for text smoothing, a column of yellow
+    pixels remains when typing spaces in front of a "D" ('guifont' set to
+    "lucida_console:h8").
+Patch by Thomas Tuegel, also for GTK, 2013 Nov 24
+
 :help gives example for z?, but it does not work.  m? and t? do work.
 
+Python: Extended funcrefs: use func_T* structure in place of char_u* function
+names.
+(ZyX, 2013 Jul 15, update Sep 22, 24, 28; Update 2013 Dec 15, 2014 Jan 6)
+Also fixes Bug: E685 error for func_unref(). (ZyX, 2010 Aug 5)
+
 Patch to add funcref to Lua.  (Luis Carvalho, 2013 Sep 4)
 With tests: Sep 5.
 
+Patch to fix that on suckless Terminal mousewheel up does not work.
+(Ralph Eastwood, 2013 Nov 25)
+
 Discussion about canonicalization of Hebrew. (Ron Aaron, 2011 April 10)
 
-Patch to make external commands work with multi-byte characters on Win32 when
-'encoding' differs from the active codepage. (Yasuhiro Matsumoto, 2013 Aug 5)
-
 Checking runtime scripts: Thilo Six, 2012 Jun 6.
 
+When evaluating expression in backticks, autoload doesn't work.
+(Andy Wokula, 2013 Dec 14)
+
+Using <nr>ifoobar<esc> can slow down Vim.  Patch by Christian Brabandt, 2013
+Dec 13.
+
 Fold can't be opened after ":move". (Ein Brown)
 Patch from Christian Brabandt doesn't fix it completely.
 
+Patch from Christian Brabandt to preserve upper case marks when wiping out a
+buffer. (2013 Dec 9)
+
+Patch for drag&drop reordering of GUI tab pages reordering.
+(Ken Takata, 2013 Nov 22, second one, also by Masamichi Abe)
+
+":sign-jump" uses first window in buffer instead of current window.
+Patch by James McCoy, 2013 Nov 22.
+
 GTK: problem with 'L' in 'guioptions' changing the window width.
 (Aaron Cornelius, 2012 Feb 6)
 
+Patch to add option that tells whether small deletes go into the numbered
+registers. (Aryeh Leib Taurog, 2013 Nov 18)
+
 Javascript file where indent gets stuck on: GalaxyMaster, 2012 May 3.
 
 The BufUnload event is triggered when re-using the empty buffer.
@@ -157,6 +345,10 @@ The CompleteDone autocommand needs some info passed to it:
 - The word that was selected (empty if abandoned complete)
 - Type of completion: tag, omnifunc, user func.
 
+Patch to allow more types in remote_expr(). (Lech Lorens, 2014 Jan 5)
+Doesn't work for string in list.  Other way to pass all types of variables
+reliably?
+
 Using ":call foo#d.f()" doesn't autoload the "foo.vim" file.
 That is, calling a dictionary function on an autoloaded dict.
 Works OK for echo, just not for  ":call" and ":call call()". (Ted, 2011 Mar
@@ -164,13 +356,15 @@ Works OK for echo, just not for  ":call" and ":call call()". (Ted, 2011 Mar
 Patch by Christian Brabandt, 2013 Mar 23.
 Not 100% sure this is the right solution.
 
-Patch to support expression argument to sort() instead of a function name.
-Yasuhiro Matsumoto, 2013 May 31.
-Or should we add a more general mechanism, like lambda functions?
-
 Problem caused by patch 7.3.638: window->open does not update window
 correctly. Issue 91.
 
+Patch to add {lhs} to :mapclear: clear all maps starting with {lhs}.
+(Christian Brabandt, 2013 Dec 9)
+
+Exception caused by argument of return is not caught by try/catch.
+(David Barnett, 2013 Nov 19)
+
 8   'backupdir' and 'directory' should use $TMPDIR, $TMP and/or $TEMP when
     defined.
 Issue 28.
@@ -189,7 +383,7 @@ carried over when using :global. (Christian Brabandt, 2013 Jun 19)
 Bug with 'cursorline' in diff mode.  Line being scrolled into view gets
 highlighted as the cursor line.  (Alessandro Ivaldi, 2013 Jun 4)
 
-Two highlighting bugs. (Zyx, 2013 Aug 18)
+Two highlighting bugs. (ZyX, 2013 Aug 18)
 
 Patch to add the bufferlist() function. (Yegappan Lakshmanan, 2013 May 5)
 May 17: with winlist() and tabpagelist().
@@ -208,13 +402,10 @@ Patch to allow setting w:quickfix_title via setqflist() and setloclist()
 functions. (Christian Brabandt, 2013 May 8, update May 21)
 Patch to add getlocstack() / setlocstack(). (Christian Brabandt, 2013 May 14)
 Second one. Update May 22.
+Update by Daniel Hahler, 2014 Jul 4, Aug 14.
 
 Patch to make fold updates much faster. (Christian Brabandt, 2012 Dec)
 
-TCL: With MSVC 2010 doesn't find Tcl_FindExecutable. (tux)
-Patch to define it. (Ken Takata, 2013 Aug 12)  Is this right?
-Probably not: http://code.google.com/p/vim/issues/detail?id=167
-
 MS-Windows: Patch to make tests copy files to avoid changing the fileformat of
 the files under version control. (Taro Muraoka, 2013 Jul 5)
 
@@ -226,9 +417,6 @@ Patch by Christian Brabandt, 2013 Apr 20, unfinished.
 
 Bug: findfile("any", "file:///tmp;") does not work.
 
-v:register is not directly reset to " after a delete command that specifies a
-register.  It is reset after the next command. (Steve Vermeulen, 2013 Mar 16)
-
 'ff' is wrong for one-line file without EOL. (Issue 77)
 
 Patch to set antialiasing style on Windows. (Ondrej Balaz, 2013 Mar 14)
@@ -238,11 +426,19 @@ In the ATTENTION message about an existing swap file, mention the name of the
 process that is running.  It might actually be some other program, e.g. after
 a reboot.
 
-MS-Windows: Crash opening very long file name starting with "\\".
-(Christian Brock, 2012 Jun 29)
+Patch to have text objects defined by arbitrary single characters. (Daniel
+Thau, 2013 Nov 20, 2014 Jan 29, 2014 Jan 31)
+Ben Fritz: problem with 'selection' set to "exclusive".
+Updated to current Vim, not quite right yet. (Ben Fritz, 2014 Mar 27)
+
+Patch to select the next or previous text object if there isn't one under the
+cursor. (Daniel Thau, 2013 Nov 20)
 
 patch to add "combine" flag to  syntax commands. (so8res, 2012 Dec 6)
 
+Bug caused by patch 7.3.1288?  Issue 183.
+I can't reproduce it.
+
 Syntax update problem in one buffer opened in two windows, bottom window is
 not correctly updated. (Paul Harris, 2012 Feb 27)
 
@@ -261,13 +457,6 @@ signs?  Patch by Christian Brabandt, 2013 Aug 22.
 
 Patch to remove flicker from popup menu. (Yasuhiro Matsumoto, 2013 Aug 15)
 
-Patch to use directX to draw text on Windows.  Adds the 'renderoptions'
-option.  (Taro Muraoka, 2013 Jan 25, update 2013 Apr 3, May 14)
-Fixes this problem:
-8   Win32: Multi-byte characters are not displayed, even though the same font
-    in Notepad can display them. (Srinath Avadhanula)  Try with the
-    UTF-8-demo.txt page with Andale Mono.
-
 Patch to add 'completeselect' option.  Specifies how to select a candidate in
 insert completion. (Shougo, 2013 May 29)
 Update to add to existing 'completeopt'. 2013 May 30
@@ -280,9 +469,6 @@ b:undo_ftplugin cannot call a script-local function. (Boris Danilov, 2013 Jan
 Win32: The Python interface only works with one version of Python, selected at
 compile time.  Can this be made to work with version 2.1 and 2.2 dynamically?
 
-Python: Extended funcrefs: use func_T* structure in place of char_u* function
-names. (ZyX, 2013 Jul 15 and later)
-
 Python: Be able to define a Python function that can be called directly from
 Vim script.  Requires converting the arguments and return value, like with
 vim.bindeval().
@@ -303,9 +489,6 @@ Should be possible to enable/disable matchparen per window or buffer.
 Add a check for b:no_match_paren in Highlight_matching_Pair() (Marcin
 Szamotulski, 2012 Nov 8)
 
-Crash in autocmd that unloads buffers in a BufUnload event. (Andrew Pimlott,
-2012 Aug 11)  Disallow :new when BufUnload is being handled?
-
 Issue 72: 'autochdir' causes problems for :vimgrep.
 
 Session file creation: 'autochdir' causes trouble.  Keep it off until after
@@ -338,10 +521,6 @@ Patch to add tagfunc().  Cleaned up by Christian Brabandt, 2013 Jun 22.
 Help for 'b:undo_indent'. (Thilo Six, 2012 May 28)
 Also question if examples are correct.
 
-It should be possible to make globpath() return a list instead of a string,
-like with glob(). (Greg Novack, 2012 Nov 2)
-Patch by Adnan Zafar, 2013 Jul 15.
-
 The input map for CTRL-O in mswin.vim causes problems after CTRL-X CTRL-O.
 Suggestion for another map. (Philip Mat, 2012 Jun 18)
 But use "gi" instead of "a".  Or use CTRL-\ CTRL-O.
@@ -349,13 +528,12 @@ But use "gi" instead of "a".  Or use CTRL-\ CTRL-O.
 Patch to support user name completion on MS-Windows. (Yasuhiro Matsumoto, 2012
 Aug 16)
 
-Have an option for spell checking to not mark any Chinese, Japanese or other
-double-width characters as error.  Or perhaps all characters above 256.
-(Bill Sun)  Helps a lot for mixed Asian and latin text.
-
 When there are no command line arguments ":next" and ":argu" give E163, which
 is confusing.  Should say "the argument list is empty".
 
+xterm supports escape sequences to mark a paste operation.  Need to be
+enabled. (Bruno Sutic, 2014 Jul 11)  How to know the terminal supports this?
+
 URXVT:
 - will get stuck if byte sequence does not contain the expected semicolon.
 - Use urxvt mouse support also in xterm.  Explanations:
@@ -375,25 +553,18 @@ Patch to add digraph() function. (Christian Brabandt, 2013 Aug 22, update Aug
 
 Patch for input method status. (Hirohito Higashi, 2012 Apr 18)
 
+Update Vim app icon (for Gnome). (Jakub Steiner, 2013 Dec 6)
+
 Patch to use .png icons for the toolbar on MS-Windows. (Martin Gieseking, 2013
 Apr 18)
 
 Patch for has('unnamedplus') docs. (Tony Mechelynck, 2011 Sep 27)
 And one for gui_x11.txt.
 
--   Patch for 'breakindent' option: repeat indent for wrapped line. (Vaclav
-    Smilauer, 2004 Sep 13, fix Oct 31, update 2007 May 30)
-    Version for latest MacVim: Tobia Conforto, 2009 Nov 23
-    More recent version: https://retracile.net/wiki/VimBreakIndent
-    Posted to vim-dev by Taylor Hedberg, 2011 Nov 25
-    Update by Taylor Hedberg, 2013 May 30.
-
 ":cd" doesn't work when current directory path contains "**".
 finddir() has the same problem.  (Yukihiro Nakadaira, 2012 Jan 10)
 Requires a rewrite of the file_file_in_path code.
 
-Problem with l: dictionary being locked in a function. (ZyX, 2011 Jul 21)
-
 Should use has("browsefilter") in ftplugins.  Requires patch 7.3.593.
 
 Update for vim2html.pl. (Tyru, 2013 Feb 22)
@@ -475,8 +646,6 @@ When using a Vim server, a # in the path causes an error message.
 Setting $HOME on MS-Windows is not very well documented.  Suggestion by Ben
 Fritz (2011 Oct 27).
 
-Bug: E685 error for func_unref(). (ZyX, 2010 Aug 5)
-
 Bug: Windows 7 64 bit system freezes  when 'clipboard' set to "unnamed" and
 doing ":g/test/d".  Putting every delete on the clipboard? (Robert Chan, 2011
 Jun 17)
@@ -500,7 +669,8 @@ Patch to make "z=" work when 'spell' is off.  Does this have nasty side
 effects?  (Christian Brabandt, 2012 Aug 5, Update 2013 Aug 12)
 Would also need to do this for spellbadword() and spellsuggest().
 
-Patch for variable tabstops.
+Patch for variable tabstops.  On github (Christian Brabandt, 2014 May 15)
+Update Aug 16 (email).
 
 On 64 bit MS-Windows "long" is only 32 bits, but we sometimes need to store a
 64 bits value.  Change all number options to use nropt_T and define it to the
@@ -520,6 +690,8 @@ following "redir" command gives an error for not being able to access s:foo.
 When setqflist() uses a filename that triggers a BufReadCmd autocommand Vim
 doesn't jump to the correct line with :cfirst. (ZyX,  2011 Sep 18)
 
+Behavior of i" and a" text objects isn't logical. (Ben Fritz, 2013 Nov 19)
+
 7   Make "ga" show the digraph for a character, if it exists.
 Patch from Christian Brabandt, 2011 Aug 19.
 
@@ -540,9 +712,6 @@ Build problem with small features on Mac OS X 10.6. (Rainer, 2011 Jan 24)
 
 "0g@$" puts '] on last byte of multi-byte. (ZyX, 2011 Jan 22)
 
-Patch to support sorting on floating point number.  (Alex Jakushev, 2010 Oct
-30)
-
 Patch to addd TextDeletePost and TextYankPost events. (Philippe Vaucher, 2011
 May 24)  Update May 26.
 
@@ -628,9 +797,6 @@ crash? (Raiwil, 2010 Nov 17)
 Patch to add FoldedLineNr highlighting: different highlighting for the line
 number of a closed fold. (eXerigumo Clanjor, 2013 Jul 15)
 
-Does not work with NFA regexp engine:
-- \%u, \%x, \%o, \%d followed by a composing character
-
 Regexp engine performance:
 - Profiling:
 	./vim -u NONE -s ~/vim/test/ruby.vim
@@ -660,7 +826,7 @@ Assume the system converts between the actual encoding of the filesystem to
 the system encoding (usually utf-8).
 
 Patch to add GUI colors to the terminal, when it supports it. (ZyX, 2013 Jan
-26)
+26, update 2013 Dec 14)
 
 Problem producing tags file when hebrew.frx is present.  It has a BOM.
 Results in E670. (Tony Mechelynck, 2010 May 2)
@@ -675,10 +841,6 @@ setpos() does not restore cursor position after :normal. (Tyru, 2010 Aug 11)
     file names unique, also support this for 'backupdir'. (Mikolaj Machowski)
     Patch by Christian Brabandt, 2010 Oct 21.
 
-getpos()/setpos() don't include curswant.  getpos() could return a fifth
-element.  setpos() could accept an optional fifth element.
-Patch by Christian Brabandt, 2010 Sep 6.  Again 2013 Aug 22.
-
 With "tw=55 fo+=a" typing space before ) doesn't work well. (Scott Mcdermott,
 2010 Oct 24)
 
@@ -698,9 +860,6 @@ C-indenting: A matching { in a comment is ignored, but intermediate { are not
 checked to be in a comment.  Implement FM_SKIPCOMM flag of findmatchlimit().
 Issue 46.
 
-When 'paste' is changed with 'pastetoggle', the ruler doesn't reflect this
-right away. (Samuel Ferencik, 2010 Dec 7)
-
 Mac with X11: clipboard doesn't work properly. (Raf, 2010 Aug 16)
 
 Using CompilerSet doesn't record where an option was set from.  E.g., in the
@@ -723,8 +882,6 @@ Patch: Let rare word highlighting overrule good word highlighting.
 When 'lines' is 25 and 'scrolloff' is 12, "j" scrolls zero or two lines
 instead of one. (Constantin Pan, 2010 Sep 10)
 
-Crash in setqflist(). (Benoit Mortgat, 2010 Nov 18)
-
 Gui menu edit/paste in block mode insert only inserts in one line (Bjorn
 Winckler, 2011 May 11)
 Requires a map mode for Insert mode started from blockwise Visual mode.
@@ -732,10 +889,6 @@ Requires a map mode for Insert mode started from blockwise Visual mode.
 Writing nested List and Dict in viminfo gives error message and can't be read
 back. (Yukihiro Nakadaira, 2010 Nov 13)
 
-Can 'undolevels' be a buffer-local option?  Helps for making big changes in
-one file only, set 'ul' to -1 only for that buffer.
-Patch by Christian Brabandt, 2010 Dec 17.  Needs test.
-
 Problem with cursor in the wrong column. (SungHyun Nam, 2010 Mar 11)
 Additional info by Dominique Pelle. (also on 2010 Apr 10)
 
@@ -942,8 +1095,6 @@ system when 'encoding' is "utf-8".
 Win32 GUI: last message from startup doesn't show up when there is an echoerr
 command. (Cyril Slobin, 2009 Mar 13)
 
-Win32: use different args for SearchPath()? (Yasuhiro Matsumoto, 2009 Jan 30)
-
 Win32: completion of file name ":e c:\!test" results in ":e c:\\!test", which
 does not work. (Nieko Maatjes, 2009 Jan 8, Ingo Karkat, 2009 Jan 22)
 
@@ -960,7 +1111,12 @@ Session file generates error upon loading, cause by --remote-silent-tab.
 Using ~ works OK on 'a' with composing char, but not on 0x0418  with composing
 char 0x0301. (Tony Mechelynck, 2009 Mar 4)
 
-A function on a dictionary is not profiled. (Zyx, 2010 Dec 25)
+Searching for composing char works, but not when inside []. (ZyX, Benjamin R.
+Haskell, 2010 Aug 24)
+
+This does not work yet: "a\(%C\)" (get composing characters into a submatch).
+
+A function on a dictionary is not profiled. (ZyX, 2010 Dec 25)
 
 Inconsistent: starting with $LANG set to es_ES.utf-8 gives Spanish
 messages, even though locale is not supported.  But ":lang messages
@@ -989,7 +1145,7 @@ correct.  Don't use it in the swap file.
 Completion for ":buf" doesn't work properly on Win32 when 'shellslash' is off.
 (Henrik Ohman, 2009, Jan 29)
 
-shellescape() depends on 'shellshash' for quoting.  That doesn't work when
+shellescape() depends on 'shellslash' for quoting.  That doesn't work when
 'shellslash' is set but using cmd.exe. (Ben Fritz)
 Use a different option or let it depend on whether 'shell' looks like a
 unix-like shell?
@@ -1030,7 +1186,7 @@ probably causes this.
 2009 Jan 16)
 
 Patch to support strikethrough next to bold and italic. (Christian Brabandt,
-2013 Jul 30)
+2013 Jul 30)  Update from Ken Takata, 2013 Oct 12.
 
 Document that default font in Athena can be set with resources:
    XtDefaultFont: "9x15"
@@ -1044,6 +1200,7 @@ is executed.
 
 ":pedit %" with a BufReadPre autocommand causes the cursor to move to the
 first line. (Ingo Karkat, 2008 Jul 1)  Ian Kelling is working on this.
+Similar problem with ":e". (Marc Montu, 2014 Apr 22)
 
 Wildmenu not deleted: "gvim -u NONE", ":set nocp wildmenu cmdheight=3
 laststatus=2", CTRL-D CTRL-H CTRL-H CTRL-H. (A.Politz, 2008 April 1)
@@ -1187,9 +1344,6 @@ When 'smartcase' is set and using CTRL-L to add to the search pattern it may
 result in no matches.  Convert chars to lower case? (Erik Wognsen, 2009 Apr
 16)
 
-Searching for composing char works, but not when inside []. (ZyX, Benjamin R.
-Haskell, 2010 Aug 24)
-
 Fail to edit file after failed register access.  Error flag remains set?
 (Lech Lorens, 2010 Aug 30)
 
@@ -1224,10 +1378,6 @@ Jul 31)
 C syntax: {} inside () causes following {} to be highlighted as error.
 (Michalis Giannakidis, 2006 Jun 1)
 
-Can't easily close the help window, like ":pc" closes the preview window and
-":ccl" closes the quickfix window.  Add ":hclose". (Chris Gaal)
-Patch for :helpclose, Christian Brabandt, 2010 Sep 6.
-
 When 'diffopt' has "context:0" a single deleted line causes two folds to merge
 and mess up syncing. (Austin Jennings, 2008 Jan 31)
 
@@ -1301,8 +1451,8 @@ files with "foo/**" in 'path'.  (Kalisiak, 2006 July 15)
 Additional info: When using the |wildcards| ** globing, vim hangs
 indefinitely on lots of directories. The |file-searching| globing, like in
 ":set path=/**" does not hang as often as with globing with |wildcards|, like
-in ":1find /**/file".  This is for a files that unix "find" can find very
-quick. Merging the 2 kinds of globing might make this an easier fix. (Ian
+in ":1find /**/file".  This is for files that unix "find" can find very
+quickly. Merging the 2 kinds of globing might make this an easier fix. (Ian
 Kelling, 2008 July 4)
 
 When the file name has parenthesis, e.g., "foo (bar).txt", ":!ls '%'" has the
@@ -1391,6 +1541,7 @@ Engelke, 2007 Dec 20 - 2008 Jan 17)
 
 Win64: Seek error in swap file for a very big file (3 Gbyte).  Check storing
 pointer in long and seek offset in 64 bit var.
+Patches from Ken Takata might help (2014 Apr 17)
 
 Win32: patch for fullscreen mode. (Liushaolin, 2008 April 17)
 
@@ -1398,14 +1549,17 @@ Win32: When 'shell' is bash shellescape() doesn't always do the right thing.
 Depends on 'shellslash', 'shellquote' and 'shellxquote', but shellescape()
 only takes 'shellslash' into account.
 
-Pressing the 'pastetoggle' key doesn't update the statusline. (Jan Christoph
-Ebersbach, 2008 Feb 1)
-
 Menu item that does "xxd -r" doesn't work when 'fileencoding' is utf-16.
 Check for this and use iconv?  (Edward L. Fox, 2007 Sep 12)
-Does the conversion in the other direction work when 'filenecodings' is set
+Does the conversion in the other direction work when 'fileencodings' is set
 properly?
 
+Add a few features to xxd. (Vadim Vygonets, 2013 Nov 11)
+Patches: 2013 Nov 19
+1: Add -e: little endian hexdump
+2: Add -o: add offset to displayed position
+3: Change displayed file position width to 8 chars
+
 Cursor displayed in the wrong position when using 'numberwidth'. (James Vega,
 2007 Jun 21)
 
@@ -1561,6 +1715,9 @@ Completing with 'wildmenu' and using <Up> and <Down> to move through directory
 tree stops unexpectedly when using ":cd " and entering a directory that
 doesn't contain other directories.
 
+Default for 'background' is wrong when using xterm with 256 colors.
+Table with estimates from Matteo Cavalleri, 2014 Jan 10.
+
 Setting 'background' resets the Normal background color:
    highlight Normal ctermbg=DarkGray
    set background=dark
@@ -1749,6 +1906,10 @@ restored. (Luc St-Louis)
 Patch to support horizontal scroll wheel in GTK. Untested. (Bjorn Winckler,
 2010 Jun 30)
 
+Add an option for a minimal text length before inserting a line break for
+'textwidth'.  Avoids very short lines when a very long word follows.
+(Kartik Agaram)
+
 
 At next release:
 -   Build a huge version by default.
@@ -1817,7 +1978,7 @@ Awaiting updated patches:
     How does this work?  Missing comments.
 8   Add a few more command names to the menus.  Patch from Jiri Brezina
     (28 feb 2002).  Will mess the translations...
-7   ATTENTION dialog choices are more logical when "Delete it' appears
+7   ATTENTION dialog choices are more logical when "Delete it" appears
     before "Quit".  Patch by Robert Webb, 2004 May 3.
 -   Include flipcase patch: ~/vim/patches/wall.flipcase2 ?  Make it work
     for multi-byte characters.
@@ -1966,8 +2127,6 @@ GTK+ GUI known bugs:
 Win32 GUI known bugs:
 -   Win32: tearoff menu window should have a scrollbar when it's taller than
     the screen.
-8   non-ASCII font names don't work.  Need to convert from 'encoding' and use
-    the wide functions.
 8   On Windows 98 the unicows library is needed to support functions with UCS2
     file names.  Can we load unicows.dll dynamically?
 8   The -P argument doesn't work very well with many MDI applications.
@@ -1975,9 +2134,6 @@ Win32 GUI known bugs:
     Tutorial: http://win32assembly.online.fr/tut32.html
 8   In eval.c, io.h is included when MSWIN32 is defined.  Shouldn't this be
     WIN32?  Or can including io.h be moved to vim.h? (Dan Sharp)
-7   Windows XP: When using "ClearType" for text smoothing, a column of yellow
-    pixels remains when typing spaces in front of a "D" ('guifont' set to
-    "lucida_console:h8").
 6   Win32 GUI: With "-u NONE -U NONE" and doing "CTRL-W v" "CTRL-W o", the ":"
     of ":only" is highlighted like the cursor.  (Lipelis)
 8   When 'encoding' is "utf-8", should use 'guifont' for both normal and wide
@@ -2663,8 +2819,6 @@ Problems that will (probably) not be solved:
     input method called from GDK code.  Without Perl it doesn't crash.
 -   VMS: Vimdiff doesn't work with the VMS diff, because the output looks
     different.  This makes test 47 fail.  Install a Unix-compatible diff.
--   VMS v7.1 and older: Tests 21 and 32 fail.  From VMS v7.1-2 and newer Vim
-    does not have this behavior. (Zoltan Arpadffy)
 -   Win32 GUI: mouse wheel always scrolls rightmost window.  The events arrive
     in Vim as if the rightmost scrollbar was used.
 -   GTK with Gnome: Produces an error message when starting up:
@@ -2833,10 +2987,6 @@ Tab pages:
 
 
 Spell checking:
--   have some way not to give spelling errors for a range of characters.
-    E.g. for Chinese and other languages with specific characters for which we
-    don't have a spell file.  Useful when there is also text in other
-    languages in the file.
 -   Support more regions? Caolan McNamara argues it's needed for es_XX.
     https://bugzilla.redhat.com/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=219777    
 -   Unicode defines another quote character: 0x2019.  Use it as an equivalent
@@ -2927,6 +3077,8 @@ Spell checking:
 
 
 Diff mode:
+9   When making small changes, e.g. deleting a character, update the diff.
+    Possibly without running diff.
 9   Instead invoking an external diff program, use builtin code.  One can be
     found here: http://www.ioplex.com/~miallen/libmba/dl/src/diff.c
     It's quite big and badly documented though.
@@ -3022,12 +3174,8 @@ Multi-byte characters:
 8   toupper() function doesn't handle byte count changes.
 7   Searching and composing characters:
     When searching, should order of composing characters be ignored?
-    Add special item to match with a composing character, zero-width, so that
-    one can replace a base character and keep the composing characters.
     Add a special item to match with a composing character, so that composing
     characters can be manipulated.
-    Add a modifier to ignore composing characters, only compare base
-    characters.  Useful for Hebrew (Ron Aaron)
 8   Should implement 'delcombine' for command line editing.
 8   Detect overlong UTF-8 sequences and handle them like illegal bytes.
 8   ":s/x/\u\1/" doesn't work, making uppercase isn't done for multi-byte
@@ -3250,6 +3398,7 @@ Syntax highlighting:
 Built-in script language:
 8   Make the filename and line number available to script functions, so that
     they can give useful debugging info.  The whole call stack would be ideal.
+    At least use this for error messages.
 7   Execute a function with standard option values.  No need to save and
     restore option values.  Especially useful for new options.  Problem: how
     to avoid a performance penalty (esp. for string options)?
@@ -3824,7 +3973,6 @@ Autocommands:
 		      when exiting isn't a good idea.
     CursorHoldC     - CursorHold while command-line editing
     WinMoved	    - when windows have been moved around, e.g, ":wincmd J"
-    CmdUndefined    - Like FuncUndefined but for user commands.
     SearchPost	    - After doing a search command (e.g. to do "M")
     PreDirChanged/PostDirChanged
 		    - Before/after ":cd" has been used (for changing the
@@ -4132,8 +4280,7 @@ Insert mode:
 7   Use Tabs for the indent of starting lines, pad with spaces for
     continuation lines.  Allows changing 'tabstop' without messing up the
     indents.
-    'keeptabs': when set don't change the tabs and spaces used for indent,
-    when the indent remains the same or increases.
+    Patch by Lech Lorens, 2010 Mar.  Update by James McCoy, 2014 Mar 15.
 
 
 Java:
@@ -4752,7 +4899,7 @@ Marks:
 
 Digraphs:
 7   Make "ga" show the keymap for a character, if it exists.
-    Also show the code of the character after conversion to 'filenecoding'.
+    Also show the code of the character after conversion to 'fileencoding'.
 -   Use digraph table to tell Vim about the collating sequence of special
     characters?
 8   Add command to remove one or more (all) digraphs. (Brown)
@@ -4949,6 +5096,7 @@ Various improvements:
 6   Add ":timer" command, to set a command to be executed at a certain
     interval, or once after some time has elapsed. (Aaron)
     Perhaps an autocommand event like CursorHold is better?
+    Patch to add async functionality. (Geoff Greer, 2013 Sep 1 and later)
 8   Add ":confirm" handling in open_exfile(), for when file already exists.
 8   When quitting with changed files, make the dialog list the changed file
     and allow "write all", "discard all", "write some".  The last one would

runtime/doc/undo.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*undo.txt*      For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2013 Sep 08
+*undo.txt*      For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 May 24
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -97,9 +97,9 @@ change but joins in with the previous change use this command:
 			or redo.
 			{not in Vi}
 
-This is most useful when you need to prompt the user halfway a change.  For
-example in a function that calls |getchar()|.  Do make sure that there was a
-related change before this that you must join with.
+This is most useful when you need to prompt the user halfway through a change.
+For example in a function that calls |getchar()|.  Do make sure that there was
+a related change before this that you must join with.
 
 This doesn't work by itself, because the next key press will start a new
 change again.  But you can do something like this: >

runtime/doc/usr_04.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*usr_04.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2008 Sep 06
+*usr_04.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Aug 29
 
 		     VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar
 
@@ -186,7 +186,7 @@ commands:
 	/four<Enter>	find the first string "four"
 	cwfive<Esc>	change the word to "five"
 	n		find the next "four"
-	.		repeat the change to "five'
+	.		repeat the change to "five"
 	n		find the next "four"
 	.		repeat the change
 			etc.

runtime/doc/usr_08.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*usr_08.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2006 Jul 18
+*usr_08.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Jul 06
 
 		     VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar
 
@@ -532,7 +532,7 @@ window.  And you will notice a bar at the top with the two file names:
 
 You now have two tab pages.  The first one has a window for "thisfile" and the
 second one a window for "thatfile".  It's like two pages that are on top of
-eachother, with a tab sticking out of each page showing the file name.
+each other, with a tab sticking out of each page showing the file name.
 
 Now use the mouse to click on "thisfile" in the top line.  The result is
 

runtime/doc/usr_25.txt

@@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ line, type: >
 
 	v4jgq
 
-"v" to start Visual mode, "4j' to move to the end of the paragraph and then
+"v" to start Visual mode, "4j" to move to the end of the paragraph and then
 the "gq" operator.  The result is:
 
 		 1	   2	     3

runtime/doc/usr_30.txt

@@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ be escaped with a backslash.  Example: >
 You can include special Vim keywords in the command specification.  The %
 character expands to the name of the current file.  So if you execute the
 command: >
-	:set makeprg=make\ %
+	:set makeprg=make\ %:S
 
 When you are editing main.c, then ":make" executes the following command: >
 
@@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ When you are editing main.c, then ":make" executes the following command: >
 This is not too useful, so you will refine the command a little and use the :r
 (root) modifier: >
 
-	:set makeprg=make\ %:r.o
+	:set makeprg=make\ %:r:S.o
 
 Now the command executed is as follows: >
 

runtime/doc/usr_40.txt

@@ -209,7 +209,7 @@ The ":map" command can be followed by another command.  A | character
 separates the two commands.  This also means that a | character can't be used
 inside a map command.  To include one, use <Bar> (five characters).  Example:
 >
-	:map <F8> :write <Bar> !checkin %<CR>
+	:map <F8> :write <Bar> !checkin %:S<CR>
 
 The same problem applies to the ":unmap" command, with the addition that you
 have to watch out for trailing white space.  These two commands are different:

runtime/doc/usr_41.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*usr_41.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2013 Feb 20
+*usr_41.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Aug 16
 
 		     VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar
 
@@ -595,13 +595,17 @@ String manipulation:					*string-functions*
 	matchlist()		like matchstr() and also return submatches
 	stridx()		first index of a short string in a long string
 	strridx()		last index of a short string in a long string
-	strlen()		length of a string
+	strlen()		length of a string in bytes
+	strchars()		length of a string in characters
+	strwidth()		size of string when displayed
+	strdisplaywidth()	size of string when displayed, deals with tabs
 	substitute()		substitute a pattern match with a string
 	submatch()		get a specific match in ":s" and substitute()
 	strpart()		get part of a string
 	expand()		expand special keywords
 	iconv()			convert text from one encoding to another
 	byteidx()		byte index of a character in a string
+	byteidxcomp()		like byteidx() but count composing characters
 	repeat()		repeat a string multiple times
 	eval()			evaluate a string expression
 
@@ -619,6 +623,7 @@ List manipulation:					*list-functions*
 	map()			change each List item
 	sort()			sort a List
 	reverse()		reverse the order of a List
+	uniq()			remove copies of repeated adjacent items
 	split()			split a String into a List
 	join()			join List items into a String
 	range()			return a List with a sequence of numbers
@@ -656,6 +661,9 @@ Floating point computation:				*float-functions*
 	ceil()			round up
 	floor()			round down
 	trunc()			remove value after decimal point
+	fmod()			remainder of division
+	exp()			exponential
+	log()			natural logarithm (logarithm to base e)
 	log10()			logarithm to base 10
 	pow()			value of x to the exponent y
 	sqrt()			square root
@@ -675,6 +683,7 @@ Other computation:					*bitwise-function*
 	invert()		bitwise invert
 	or()			bitwise OR
 	xor()			bitwise XOR
+	sha256()		SHA-256 hash
 
 Variables:						*var-functions*
 	type()			type of a variable
@@ -697,11 +706,16 @@ Cursor and mark position:		*cursor-functions* *mark-functions*
 	wincol()		window column number of the cursor
 	winline()		window line number of the cursor
 	cursor()		position the cursor at a line/column
+	screencol()		get screen column of the cursor
+	screenrow()		get screen row of the cursor
+	getcurpos()		get position of the cursor
 	getpos()		get position of cursor, mark, etc.
 	setpos()		set position of cursor, mark, etc.
 	byte2line()		get line number at a specific byte count
 	line2byte()		byte count at a specific line
 	diff_filler()		get the number of filler lines above a line
+	screenattr()		get attribute at a screen line/row
+	screenchar()		get character code at a screen line/row
 
 Working with text in the current buffer:		*text-functions*
 	getline()		get a line or list of lines from the buffer
@@ -729,6 +743,7 @@ System functions and manipulation of files:
 	pathshorten()		shorten directory names in a path
 	simplify()		simplify a path without changing its meaning
 	executable()		check if an executable program exists
+	exepath()		full path of an executable program
 	filereadable()		check if a file can be read
 	filewritable()		check if a file can be written to
 	getfperm()		get the permissions of a file
@@ -741,7 +756,8 @@ System functions and manipulation of files:
 	mkdir()			create a new directory
 	delete()		delete a file
 	rename()		rename a file
-	system()		get the result of a shell command
+	system()		get the result of a shell command as a string
+	systemlist()		get the result of a shell command as a list
 	hostname()		name of the system
 	readfile()		read a file into a List of lines
 	writefile()		write a List of lines into a file
@@ -757,6 +773,7 @@ Date and Time:				*date-functions* *time-functions*
 Buffers, windows and the argument list:
 	argc()			number of entries in the argument list
 	argidx()		current position in the argument list
+	arglistid()		get id of the argument list
 	argv()			get one entry from the argument list
 	bufexists()		check if a buffer exists
 	buflisted()		check if a buffer exists and is listed
@@ -776,6 +793,7 @@ Command line:					*command-line-functions*
 	getcmdpos()		get position of the cursor in the command line
 	setcmdpos()		set position of the cursor in the command line
 	getcmdtype()		return the current command-line type
+	getcmdwintype()		return the current command-line window type
 
 Quickfix and location lists:			*quickfix-functions*
 	getqflist()		list of quickfix errors
@@ -810,6 +828,7 @@ Syntax and highlighting:	  *syntax-functions* *highlighting-functions*
 	synconcealed()		get info about concealing
 	diff_hlID()		get highlight ID for diff mode at a position
 	matchadd()		define a pattern to highlight (a "match")
+	matchaddpos()		define a list of positions to highlight
 	matcharg()		get info about |:match| arguments
 	matchdelete()		delete a match defined by |matchadd()| or a
 				|:match| command
@@ -883,14 +902,22 @@ Various:					*various-functions*
 	libcall()		call a function in an external library
 	libcallnr()		idem, returning a number
 
+	undofile()		get the name of the undo file
+	undotree()		return the state of the undo tree
+
 	getreg()		get contents of a register
 	getregtype()		get type of a register
 	setreg()		set contents and type of a register
 
+	shiftwidth()		effective value of 'shiftwidth'
+
 	taglist()		get list of matching tags
 	tagfiles()		get a list of tags files
 
+	luaeval()		evaluate Lua expression
 	mzeval()		evaluate |MzScheme| expression
+	py3eval()		evaluate Python expression (|+python3|)
+	pyeval()		evaluate Python expression (|+python|)
 
 ==============================================================================
 *41.7*	Defining a function

runtime/doc/usr_42.txt

@@ -311,7 +311,7 @@ redefine what these items do (after the default menus are setup).
 item with a bitmap.  For example, define a new toolbar item with: >
 
 	:tmenu ToolBar.Compile  Compile the current file
-	:amenu ToolBar.Compile  :!cc % -o %:r<CR>
+	:amenu ToolBar.Compile  :!cc %:S -o %:r:S<CR>
 
 Now you need to create the icon.  For MS-Windows it must be in bitmap format,
 with the name "Compile.bmp".  For Unix XPM format is used, the file name is

runtime/doc/various.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*various.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2013 May 18
+*various.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Aug 06
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -234,25 +234,41 @@ g8			Print the hex values of the bytes used in the
 							*:!cmd* *:!* *E34*
 :!{cmd}			Execute {cmd} with the shell.  See also the 'shell'
 			and 'shelltype' option.
+
 			Any '!' in {cmd} is replaced with the previous
 			external command (see also 'cpoptions').  But not when
 			there is a backslash before the '!', then that
 			backslash is removed.  Example: ":!ls" followed by
 			":!echo ! \! \\!" executes "echo ls ! \!".
-			After the command has been executed, the timestamp of
-			the current file is checked |timestamp|.
+
 			A '|' in {cmd} is passed to the shell, you cannot use
 			it to append a Vim command.  See |:bar|.
+
+			If {cmd} contains "%" it is expanded to the current
+			file name.  Special characters are not escaped, use
+			quotes to avoid their special meaning: >
+				:!ls "%"
+<			If the file name contains a "$" single quotes might
+			work better (but a single quote causes trouble): >
+				:!ls '%'
+<			This should always work, but it's more typing: >
+				:exe "!ls " . shellescape(expand("%"))
+<
 			A newline character ends {cmd}, what follows is
 			interpreted as a following ":" command.  However, if
 			there is a backslash before the newline it is removed
 			and {cmd} continues.  It doesn't matter how many
 			backslashes are before the newline, only one is
 			removed.
+
 			On Unix the command normally runs in a non-interactive
 			shell.  If you want an interactive shell to be used
 			(to use aliases) set 'shellcmdflag' to "-ic".
 			For Win32 also see |:!start|.
+
+			After the command has been executed, the timestamp and
+			size of the current file is checked |timestamp|.
+
 			Vim redraws the screen after the command is finished,
 			because it may have printed any text.  This requires a
 			hit-enter prompt, so that you can read any messages.
@@ -321,6 +337,7 @@ N  *+dialog_con*	Support for |:confirm| with console dialog.
 N  *+dialog_con_gui*	Support for |:confirm| with GUI and console dialog.
 N  *+diff*		|vimdiff| and 'diff'
 N  *+digraphs*		|digraphs| *E196*
+m  *+directx*		Win32 GUI only: DirectX and |'renderoptions'|
    *+dnd*		Support for DnD into the "~ register |quote_~|.
 B  *+emacs_tags*	|emacs-tags| files
 N  *+eval*		expression evaluation |eval.txt|
@@ -363,6 +380,7 @@ N  *+mouse*		Mouse handling |mouse-using|
 N  *+mouseshape*	|'mouseshape'|
 B  *+mouse_dec*		Unix only: Dec terminal mouse handling |dec-mouse|
 N  *+mouse_gpm*		Unix only: Linux console mouse handling |gpm-mouse|
+N  *+mouse_jsbterm*	JSB mouse handling |jsbterm-mouse|
 B  *+mouse_netterm*	Unix only: netterm mouse handling |netterm-mouse|
 N  *+mouse_pterm*	QNX only: pterm mouse handling |qnx-terminal|
 N  *+mouse_sysmouse*	Unix only: *BSD console mouse handling |sysmouse|
@@ -418,7 +436,7 @@ N  *+user_commands*	User-defined commands. |user-commands|
 N  *+viminfo*		|'viminfo'|
 N  *+vertsplit*		Vertically split windows |:vsplit|
 N  *+virtualedit*	|'virtualedit'|
-S  *+visual*		Visual mode |Visual-mode|
+S  *+visual*		Visual mode |Visual-mode| Always enabled since 7.4.200.
 N  *+visualextra*	extra Visual mode commands |blockwise-operators|
 N  *+vreplace*		|gR| and |gr|
 N  *+wildignore*	|'wildignore'|

runtime/doc/version6.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*version6.txt*  For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2013 Jul 28
+*version6.txt*  For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Aug 29
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -7816,7 +7816,7 @@ Files:	    src/buffer.c, src/eval.c, src/ex_docmd.c, src/fileio.c,
 Patch 6.1.212
 Problem:    When Vim was started with "-R" ":new" creates a buffer
 	    'noreadonly' while ":enew" has 'readonly' set. (Preben Guldberg)
-Solution:   Don't set 'readonly in a new empty buffer for ":enew".
+Solution:   Don't set 'readonly' in a new empty buffer for ":enew".
 Files:	    src/ex_docmd.c
 
 Patch 6.1.213

runtime/doc/version7.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*version7.txt*  For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2013 Sep 03
+*version7.txt*  For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Aug 29
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -942,6 +942,7 @@ New and extended functions: ~
 |tagfiles()|		List with tags file names
 |taglist()|		get list of matching tags (Yegappan Lakshmanan)
 |tr()|			translate characters (Ron Aaron)
+|uniq()|		remove copies of repeated adjacent list items
 |values()|		get List of Dictionary values
 |winnr()|		takes an argument: what window to use
 |winrestview()|		restore the view of the current window
@@ -1625,10 +1626,10 @@ and merge it back in.
 When running the tests and one of them fails to produce "test.out" the
 following tests are still executed.  This helps when running out of memory.
 
-When compiling with EXITFREE defined and the ccmalloc library it is possible
-to detect memory leaks.  Some memory will always reported as leaked, such as
-allocated by X11 library functions and the memory allocated in alloc_cmdbuff()
-to store the ":quit" command.
+When compiling with EXITFREE defined and the ccmalloc library, it is possible
+to detect memory leaks.  Some memory will always be reported as leaked, such
+as allocated by X11 library functions and the memory allocated in
+alloc_cmdbuff() to store the ":quit" command.
 
 Moved the code for printing to src/hardcopy.c.
 
@@ -2037,8 +2038,8 @@ Removed the "COUNT" flag from ":argadd", to avoid ":argadd 1*" to be used like
 
 Avoid that $LANG is used for the menus when LC_MESSAGES is "en_US".
 
-Added backslashes before dashes in the vim.1 manual page to make the appear as
-real dashes. (Pierr Habouzit)
+Added backslashes before dashes in the vim.1 manual page to make them appear
+as real dashes. (Pierr Habouzit)
 
 Where "gq" left the cursor depended on the value of 'formatprg'.  Now "gq"
 always leaves the cursor at the last line of the formatted text.
@@ -2048,7 +2049,7 @@ detection may try to check the contents of the file while it's still
 compressed.  Skip setting 'filetype' for compressed files until they have been
 decompressed.  Required for patterns that end in a "*".
 
-Starting with an argument "+cmd" or "-S script" causes the cursor the be moved
+Starting with an argument "+cmd" or "-S script" causes the cursor to be moved
 to the first line.  That breaks a BufReadPost autocommand that uses g`".
 Don't move the cursor if it's somewhere past the first line.
 
@@ -6484,7 +6485,7 @@ Patch 7.1.282 (extra)
 Problem:    Win64: Edit with Vim context menu isn't installed correctly.
 	    Compiler warnings and a few other things.
 Solution:   Add [ and ] to entry of class name.  Use UINT_PTR instead of UINT.
-	    And a fixes for the other things. (George V.  Reilly)
+	    And fixes for other things. (George V.  Reilly)
 Files:	    src/GvimExt/Makefile, src/dosinst.c, src/if_ole.cpp, src/if_ole.h,
 	    src/if_ole.idl, src/INSTALLpc.txt,  src/Make_mvc.mak,
 	    src/os_win32.c,
@@ -7188,7 +7189,7 @@ More encryption					*new-more-encryption*
 ---------------
 
 Support for Blowfish encryption.  Added the 'cryptmethod' option.
-Mostly by Moshin Ahmed.
+Mostly by Mohsin Ahmed.
 
 Also encrypt the text in the swap file and the undo file.
 
@@ -15782,7 +15783,7 @@ Files:	    src/if_py_both.h, src/if_python3.c, src/testdir/test86.in,
 	    src/testdir/test87.ok
 
 Patch 7.3.944
-Problem:    External program receives the termrespone.
+Problem:    External program receives the termresponse.
 Solution:   Insert a delay and discard input. (Hayaki Saito)
 Files:	    src/term.c
 

runtime/doc/vi_diff.txt

@@ -540,7 +540,7 @@ character (and shows it immediately).
 Added :wnext command.  Same as ":write" followed by ":next".
 
 The ":w!" command always writes, also when the file is write protected.  In Vi
-you would have to do ":!chmod +w %" and ":set noro".
+you would have to do ":!chmod +w %:S" and ":set noro".
 
 When 'tildeop' has been set, "~" is an operator (must be followed by a
 movement command).

runtime/doc/visual.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*visual.txt*    For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2012 Aug 15
+*visual.txt*    For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Mar 23
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ This is introduced in section |04.4| of the user manual.
 
 {Vi has no Visual mode, the name "visual" is used for Normal mode, to
 distinguish it from Ex mode}
-{not available when the |+visual| feature was disabled when compiling}
+{Since Vim 7.4.200 the |+visual| feature is always included}
 
 ==============================================================================
 1. Using Visual mode					*visual-use*
@@ -75,7 +75,11 @@ position.
 
 						*V* *linewise-visual*
 [count]V		Start Visual mode linewise.
-			With [count] select that many lines.
+			With [count] select the same number of lines as used
+			for the last Visual operation, but at the current
+			cursor position, multiplied by [count].  When there
+			was no previous Visual operation [count] lines are
+			selected.
 
 						*CTRL-V* *blockwise-visual*
 [count]CTRL-V		Start Visual mode blockwise.  Note: Under Windows

runtime/doc/windows.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*windows.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2012 Nov 15
+*windows.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Mar 25
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -132,13 +132,20 @@ that have termcap codes for italics.
 CTRL-W s						*CTRL-W_s*
 CTRL-W S						*CTRL-W_S*
 CTRL-W CTRL-S						*CTRL-W_CTRL-S*
-:[N]sp[lit] [++opt] [+cmd]				*:sp* *:split*
+:[N]sp[lit] [++opt] [+cmd] [file]			*:sp* *:split*
 		Split current window in two.  The result is two viewports on
-		the same file.  Make new window N high (default is to use half
-		the height of the current window).  Reduces the current window
-		height to create room (and others, if the 'equalalways' option
-		is set, 'eadirection' isn't "hor", and one of them is higher
-		than the current or the new window).
+		the same file.
+		
+		Make the new window N high (default is to use half the height
+		of the current window).  Reduces the current window height to
+		create room (and others, if the 'equalalways' option is set,
+		'eadirection' isn't "hor", and one of them is higher than the
+		current or the new window).
+
+		If [file] is given it will be edited in the new window.  If it
+		is not loaded in any buffer, it will be read.  Else the new
+		window will use the already loaded buffer.
+
 		Note: CTRL-S does not work on all terminals and might block
 		further input, use CTRL-Q to get going again.
 		Also see |++opt| and |+cmd|.
@@ -1035,36 +1042,41 @@ list of buffers. |unlisted-buffer|
 		a number).  Insert a backslash before a space in a buffer
 		name.
 
-:[N]b[uffer][!] [N]			*:b* *:bu* *:buf* *:buffer* *E86*
+:[N]b[uffer][!] [+cmd] [N]		*:b* *:bu* *:buf* *:buffer* *E86*
 		Edit buffer [N] from the buffer list.  If [N] is not given,
 		the current buffer remains being edited.  See |:buffer-!| for
 		[!].  This will also edit a buffer that is not in the buffer
 		list, without setting the 'buflisted' flag.
+		Also see ||+cmd|.
 
-:[N]b[uffer][!] {bufname}
+:[N]b[uffer][!] [+cmd] {bufname}
 		Edit buffer for {bufname} from the buffer list.  See
 		|:buffer-!| for [!].  This will also edit a buffer that is not
 		in the buffer list, without setting the 'buflisted' flag.
+		Also see ||+cmd|.
 
-:[N]sb[uffer] [N]					*:sb* *:sbuffer*
+:[N]sb[uffer] [+cmd] [N]				*:sb* *:sbuffer*
 		Split window and edit buffer [N] from the buffer list.  If [N]
 		is not given, the current buffer is edited.  Respects the
 		"useopen" setting of 'switchbuf' when splitting.  This will
 		also edit a buffer that is not in the buffer list, without
 		setting the 'buflisted' flag.
+		Also see ||+cmd|.
 
-:[N]sb[uffer] {bufname}
+:[N]sb[uffer] [+cmd] {bufname}
 		Split window and edit buffer for {bufname} from the buffer
 		list.  This will also edit a buffer that is not in the buffer
 		list, without setting the 'buflisted' flag.
 		Note: If what you want to do is split the buffer, make a copy
 		under another name, you can do it this way: >
 			:w foobar | sp #
+<		Also see ||+cmd|.
 
-:[N]bn[ext][!] [N]					*:bn* *:bnext* *E87*
+:[N]bn[ext][!] [+cmd] [N]				*:bn* *:bnext* *E87*
 		Go to [N]th next buffer in buffer list.  [N] defaults to one.
 		Wraps around the end of the buffer list.
 		See |:buffer-!| for [!].
+		Also see ||+cmd|.
 		If you are in a help buffer, this takes you to the next help
 		buffer (if there is one).  Similarly, if you are in a normal
 		(non-help) buffer, this takes you to the next normal buffer.
@@ -1072,55 +1084,61 @@ list of buffers. |unlisted-buffer|
 		the way when you're browsing code/text buffers.  The next three
 		commands also work like this.
 
+
 							*:sbn* *:sbnext*
-:[N]sbn[ext] [N]
+:[N]sbn[ext] [+cmd] [N]
 		Split window and go to [N]th next buffer in buffer list.
 		Wraps around the end of the buffer list.  Uses 'switchbuf'
+		Also see ||+cmd|.
 
-:[N]bN[ext][!] [N]			*:bN* *:bNext* *:bp* *:bprevious* *E88*
-:[N]bp[revious][!] [N]
+:[N]bN[ext][!] [+cmd] [N]		*:bN* *:bNext* *:bp* *:bprevious* *E88*
+:[N]bp[revious][!] [+cmd] [N]
 		Go to [N]th previous buffer in buffer list.  [N] defaults to
 		one.  Wraps around the start of the buffer list.
 		See |:buffer-!| for [!] and 'switchbuf'.
+		Also see ||+cmd|.
 
-:[N]sbN[ext] [N]			*:sbN* *:sbNext* *:sbp* *:sbprevious*
-:[N]sbp[revious] [N]
+:[N]sbN[ext] [+cmd] [N]			*:sbN* *:sbNext* *:sbp* *:sbprevious*
+:[N]sbp[revious] [+cmd] [N]
 		Split window and go to [N]th previous buffer in buffer list.
 		Wraps around the start of the buffer list.
 		Uses 'switchbuf'.
+		Also see ||+cmd|.
 
-							*:br* *:brewind*
-:br[ewind][!]	Go to first buffer in buffer list.  If the buffer list is
+:br[ewind][!] [+cmd]					*:br* *:brewind*
+		Go to first buffer in buffer list.  If the buffer list is
 		empty, go to the first unlisted buffer.
 		See |:buffer-!| for [!].
 
-							*:bf* *:bfirst*
-:bf[irst]	Same as ":brewind".
+:bf[irst] [+cmd]					*:bf* *:bfirst*
+		Same as |:brewind|.
+		Also see |+cmd|.
 
-							*:sbr* *:sbrewind*
-:sbr[ewind]	Split window and go to first buffer in buffer list.  If the
+:sbr[ewind] [+cmd]					*:sbr* *:sbrewind*
+		Split window and go to first buffer in buffer list.  If the
 		buffer list is empty, go to the first unlisted buffer.
 		Respects the 'switchbuf' option.
+		Also see |+cmd|.
 
-							*:sbf* *:sbfirst*
-:sbf[irst]	Same as ":sbrewind".
+:sbf[irst] [+cmd]					*:sbf* *:sbfirst*
+		Same as ":sbrewind".
 
-							*:bl* *:blast*
-:bl[ast][!]	Go to last buffer in buffer list.  If the buffer list is
+:bl[ast][!] [+cmd]					*:bl* *:blast*
+		Go to last buffer in buffer list.  If the buffer list is
 		empty, go to the last unlisted buffer.
 		See |:buffer-!| for [!].
 
-							*:sbl* *:sblast*
-:sbl[ast]	Split window and go to last buffer in buffer list.  If the
+:sbl[ast] [+cmd]					*:sbl* *:sblast*
+		Split window and go to last buffer in buffer list.  If the
 		buffer list is empty, go to the last unlisted buffer.
 		Respects 'switchbuf' option.
 
-:[N]bm[odified][!] [N]				*:bm* *:bmodified* *E84*
+:[N]bm[odified][!] [+cmd] [N]			*:bm* *:bmodified* *E84*
 		Go to [N]th next modified buffer.  Note: this command also
 		finds unlisted buffers.  If there is no modified buffer the
 		command fails.
 
-:[N]sbm[odified] [N]					*:sbm* *:sbmodified*
+:[N]sbm[odified] [+cmd] [N]				*:sbm* *:sbmodified*
 		Split window and go to [N]th next modified buffer.
 		Respects 'switchbuf' option.
 		Note: this command also finds buffers not in the buffer list.

runtime/filetype.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim support file to detect file types
 "
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last Change:	2013 Sep 22
+" Last Change:	2014 Sep 05
 
 " Listen very carefully, I will say this only once
 if exists("did_load_filetypes")
@@ -106,6 +106,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.run			setf ampl
 " Ant
 au BufNewFile,BufRead build.xml			setf ant
 
+" Arduino
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.ino,*.pde		setf arduino
+
 " Apache style config file
 au BufNewFile,BufRead proftpd.conf*		call s:StarSetf('apachestyle')
 
@@ -527,6 +530,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead configure.in,configure.ac setf config
 " CUDA  Cumpute Unified Device Architecture
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.cu			setf cuda
 
+" Dockerfile
+au BufNewFile,BufRead Dockerfile		setf dockerfile
+
 " WildPackets EtherPeek Decoder
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.dcd			setf dcd
 
@@ -536,6 +542,20 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *enlightenment/*.cfg	setf c
 " Eterm
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *Eterm/*.cfg		setf eterm
 
+" Euphoria 3 or 4
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.eu,*.ew,*.ex,*.exu,*.exw  call s:EuphoriaCheck()
+if has("fname_case")
+   au BufNewFile,BufRead *.EU,*.EW,*.EX,*.EXU,*.EXW  call s:EuphoriaCheck()
+endif
+
+func! s:EuphoriaCheck()
+  if exists('g:filetype_euphoria')
+    exe 'setf ' . g:filetype_euphoria
+  else
+    setf euphoria3
+  endif
+endfunc
+
 " Lynx config files
 au BufNewFile,BufRead lynx.cfg			setf lynx
 
@@ -656,22 +676,26 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.ed\(f\|if\|n\|o\)	setf edif
 " Embedix Component Description
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.ecd			setf ecd
 
-" Eiffel or Specman
+" Eiffel or Specman or Euphoria
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.e,*.E			call s:FTe()
 
 " Elinks configuration
 au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/elinks.conf,*/.elinks/elinks.conf	setf elinks
 
 func! s:FTe()
-  let n = 1
-  while n < 100 && n < line("$")
-    if getline(n) =~ "^\\s*\\(<'\\|'>\\)\\s*$"
-      setf specman
-      return
-    endif
-    let n = n + 1
-  endwhile
-  setf eiffel
+  if exists('g:filetype_euphoria')
+    exe 'setf ' . g:filetype_euphoria
+  else
+    let n = 1
+    while n < 100 && n < line("$")
+      if getline(n) =~ "^\\s*\\(<'\\|'>\\)\\s*$"
+        setf specman
+        return
+      endif
+      let n = n + 1
+    endwhile
+    setf eiffel
+  endif
 endfunc
 
 " ERicsson LANGuage; Yaws is erlang too
@@ -790,6 +814,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead {,.}gitolite.rc,example.gitolite.rc	setf perl
 " Gnuplot scripts
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.gpi			setf gnuplot
 
+" Go (Google)
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.go			setf go
+
 " GrADS scripts
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.gs			setf grads
 
@@ -843,7 +870,7 @@ func! s:FThtml()
       setf xhtml
       return
     endif
-    if getline(n) =~ '{%\s*\(extends\|block\)\>'
+    if getline(n) =~ '{%\s*\(extends\|block\|load\)\>'
       setf htmldjango
       return
     endif
@@ -968,7 +995,7 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.java,*.jav		setf java
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.jj,*.jjt		setf javacc
 
 " JavaScript, ECMAScript
-au BufNewFile,BufRead *.js,*.javascript,*.es,*.jsx,*.json   setf javascript
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.js,*.javascript,*.es,*.jsx   setf javascript
 
 " Java Server Pages
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.jsp			setf jsp
@@ -986,12 +1013,18 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.jgr			setf jgraph
 " Jovial
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.jov,*.j73,*.jovial	setf jovial
 
+" JSON
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.json,*.jsonp		setf json
+
 " Kixtart
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.kix			setf kix
 
 " Kimwitu[++]
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.k			setf kwt
 
+" Kivy
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.kv			setf kivy
+
 " KDE script
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.ks			setf kscript
 
@@ -1017,7 +1050,7 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.ldif			setf ldif
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.ld			setf ld
 
 " Lex
-au BufNewFile,BufRead *.lex,*.l			setf lex
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.lex,*.l,*.lxx,*.l++	setf lex
 
 " Libao
 au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/libao.conf,*/.libao	setf libao
@@ -1071,6 +1104,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.lou,*.lout		setf lout
 " Lua
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.lua			setf lua
 
+" Luarocks
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.rockspec		setf lua
+
 " Linden Scripting Language (Second Life)
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.lsl			setf lsl
 
@@ -1118,7 +1154,7 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.map			setf map
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.markdown,*.mdown,*.mkd,*.mkdn,*.mdwn,README.md  setf markdown
 
 " Mason
-au BufNewFile,BufRead *.mason,*.mhtml		setf mason
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.mason,*.mhtml,*.comp	setf mason
 
 " Matlab or Objective C
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.m			call s:FTm()
@@ -1172,6 +1208,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.mp			setf mp
 " MGL
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.mgl			setf mgl
 
+" MIX - Knuth assembly
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.mix,*.mixal		setf mix
+
 " MMIX or VMS makefile
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.mms			call s:FTmms()
 
@@ -1622,6 +1661,20 @@ else
   au BufNewFile,BufRead *.rnw,*.snw			setf rnoweb
 endif
 
+" R Markdown file
+if has("fname_case")
+  au BufNewFile,BufRead *.Rmd,*.rmd,*.Smd,*.smd		setf rmd
+else
+  au BufNewFile,BufRead *.rmd,*.smd			setf rmd
+endif
+
+" R reStructuredText file
+if has("fname_case")
+  au BufNewFile,BufRead *.Rrst,*.rrst,*.Srst,*.srst	setf rrst
+else
+  au BufNewFile,BufRead *.rrst,*.srst			setf rrst
+endif
+
 " Rexx, Rebol or R
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.r,*.R			call s:FTr()
 
@@ -2061,14 +2114,15 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/sudoers,sudoers.tmp	setf sudoers
 " SVG (Scalable Vector Graphics)
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.svg			setf svg
 
-" If the file has an extension of 't' and is in a directory 't' then it is
-" almost certainly a Perl test file.
+" If the file has an extension of 't' and is in a directory 't' or 'xt' then
+" it is almost certainly a Perl test file.
 " If the first line starts with '#' and contains 'perl' it's probably a Perl
 " file.
 " (Slow test) If a file contains a 'use' statement then it is almost certainly
 " a Perl file.
 func! s:FTperl()
-  if expand("%:e") == 't' && expand("%:p:h:t") == 't'
+  let dirname = expand("%:p:h:t")
+  if expand("%:e") == 't' && (dirname == 't' || dirname == 'xt')
     setf perl
     return 1
   endif
@@ -2236,6 +2290,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.v			setf verilog
 " Verilog-AMS HDL
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.va,*.vams		setf verilogams
 
+" SystemVerilog
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.sv,*.svh		setf systemverilog
+
 " VHDL
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.hdl,*.vhd,*.vhdl,*.vbe,*.vst  setf vhdl
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.vhdl_[0-9]*		call s:StarSetf('vhdl')
@@ -2266,6 +2323,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead vgrindefs			setf vgrindefs
 " VRML V1.0c
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.wrl			setf vrml
 
+" Vroom (vim testing and executable documentation)
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.vroom			setf vroom
+
 " Webmacro
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.wm			setf webmacro
 
@@ -2408,7 +2468,7 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.xsd			setf xsd
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.xsl,*.xslt		setf xslt
 
 " Yacc
-au BufNewFile,BufRead *.yy			setf yacc
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.yy,*.yxx,*.y++		setf yacc
 
 " Yacc or racc
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.y			call s:FTy()
@@ -2633,7 +2693,7 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead zsh*,zlog*		call s:StarSetf('zsh')
 
 " Plain text files, needs to be far down to not override others.  This avoids
 " the "conf" type being used if there is a line starting with '#'.
-au BufNewFile,BufRead *.txt,*.text		setf text
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.txt,*.text,README	setf text
 
 
 " Use the filetype detect plugins.  They may overrule any of the previously

runtime/ftplugin/changelog.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin file
 " Language:         generic Changelog file
 " Maintainer:       Nikolai Weibull <now@bitwi.se>
-" Latest Revision:  2012-08-23
+" Latest Revision:  2014-01-10
 " Variables:
 "   g:changelog_timeformat (deprecated: use g:changelog_dateformat instead) -
 "       description: the timeformat used in ChangeLog entries.
@@ -122,12 +122,12 @@ if &filetype == 'changelog'
 
   " Format used for new date entries.
   if !exists('g:changelog_new_date_format')
-    let g:changelog_new_date_format = "%d  %u\n\n\t* %c\n\n"
+    let g:changelog_new_date_format = "%d  %u\n\n\t* %p%c\n\n"
   endif
 
   " Format used for new entries to current date entry.
   if !exists('g:changelog_new_entry_format')
-    let g:changelog_new_entry_format = "\t* %c"
+    let g:changelog_new_entry_format = "\t* %p%c"
   endif
 
   " Regular expression used to find a given date entry.
@@ -143,16 +143,16 @@ if &filetype == 'changelog'
 
   " Substitutes specific items in new date-entry formats and search strings.
   " Can be done with substitute of course, but unclean, and need \@! then.
-  function! s:substitute_items(str, date, user)
+  function! s:substitute_items(str, date, user, prefix)
     let str = a:str
-    let middles = {'%': '%', 'd': a:date, 'u': a:user, 'c': '{cursor}'}
+    let middles = {'%': '%', 'd': a:date, 'u': a:user, 'p': a:prefix, 'c': '{cursor}'}
     let i = stridx(str, '%')
     while i != -1
       let inc = 0
       if has_key(middles, str[i + 1])
         let mid = middles[str[i + 1]]
         let str = strpart(str, 0, i) . mid . strpart(str, i + 2)
-        let inc = strlen(mid)
+        let inc = strlen(mid) - 1
       endif
       let i = stridx(str, '%', i + 1 + inc)
     endwhile
@@ -171,7 +171,7 @@ if &filetype == 'changelog'
   endfunction
 
   " Internal function to create a new entry in the ChangeLog.
-  function! s:new_changelog_entry()
+  function! s:new_changelog_entry(prefix)
     " Deal with 'paste' option.
     let save_paste = &paste
     let &paste = 1
@@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ if &filetype == 'changelog'
     " Look for an entry for today by our user.
     let date = strftime(g:changelog_dateformat)
     let search = s:substitute_items(g:changelog_date_entry_search, date,
-                                  \ s:username())
+                                  \ s:username(), a:prefix)
     if search(search) > 0
       " Ok, now we look for the end of the date entry, and add an entry.
       call cursor(nextnonblank(line('.') + 1), 1)
@@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ if &filetype == 'changelog'
       else
         let p = line('.')
       endif
-      let ls = split(s:substitute_items(g:changelog_new_entry_format, '', ''),
+      let ls = split(s:substitute_items(g:changelog_new_entry_format, '', '', a:prefix),
                    \ '\n')
       call append(p, ls)
       call cursor(p + 1, 1)
@@ -198,7 +198,7 @@ if &filetype == 'changelog'
 
       " No entry today, so create a date-user header and insert an entry.
       let todays_entry = s:substitute_items(g:changelog_new_date_format,
-                                          \ date, s:username())
+                                          \ date, s:username(), a:prefix)
       " Make sure we have a cursor positioning.
       if stridx(todays_entry, '{cursor}') == -1
         let todays_entry = todays_entry . '{cursor}'
@@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ if &filetype == 'changelog'
 
       " Now do the work.
       call append(0, split(todays_entry, '\n'))
-      
+
       " Remove empty lines at end of file.
       if remove_empty
         $-/^\s*$/-1,$delete
@@ -223,8 +223,8 @@ if &filetype == 'changelog'
   endfunction
 
   if exists(":NewChangelogEntry") != 2
-    noremap <buffer> <silent> <Leader>o <Esc>:call <SID>new_changelog_entry()<CR>
-    command! -nargs=0 NewChangelogEntry call s:new_changelog_entry()
+    noremap <buffer> <silent> <Leader>o <Esc>:call <SID>new_changelog_entry('')<CR>
+    command! -nargs=0 NewChangelogEntry call s:new_changelog_entry('')
   endif
 
   let b:undo_ftplugin = "setl com< fo< et< ai<"
@@ -277,10 +277,7 @@ else
     if exists('b:changelog_entry_prefix')
       let prefix = call(b:changelog_entry_prefix, [])
     else
-      let prefix = substitute(strpart(expand('%:p'), strlen(path)), '^/\+', "", "") . ':'
-    endif
-    if !empty(prefix)
-      let prefix = ' ' . prefix
+      let prefix = substitute(strpart(expand('%:p'), strlen(path)), '^/\+', "", "")
     endif
 
     let buf = bufnr(changelog)

runtime/ftplugin/clojure.vim

@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 " Maintainer:	Sung Pae <self@sungpae.com>
 " URL:		https://github.com/guns/vim-clojure-static
 " License:	Same as Vim
-" Last Change:	08 September 2013
+" Last Change:	27 March 2014
 
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
 	finish
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ let b:did_ftplugin = 1
 let s:cpo_save = &cpo
 set cpo&vim
 
-let b:undo_ftplugin = 'setlocal iskeyword< define< formatoptions< comments< commentstring<'
+let b:undo_ftplugin = 'setlocal iskeyword< define< formatoptions< comments< commentstring< lispwords<'
 
 setlocal iskeyword+=?,-,*,!,+,/,=,<,>,.,:,$
 
@@ -23,14 +23,29 @@ setlocal iskeyword+=?,-,*,!,+,/,=,<,>,.,:,$
 " of user-defined def* definitions.
 setlocal define=\\v[(/]def(ault)@!\\S*
 
-" Remove 't' from 'formatoptions' to avoid auto-wrapping code. The '+=croql'
-" is standard ftplugin boilerplate, although it is arguably intrusive.
-setlocal formatoptions-=t formatoptions+=croql
+" Remove 't' from 'formatoptions' to avoid auto-wrapping code.
+setlocal formatoptions-=t
 
 " Lisp comments are routinely nested (e.g. ;;; SECTION HEADING)
 setlocal comments=n:;
 setlocal commentstring=;\ %s
 
+" Specially indented symbols from clojure.core and clojure.test.
+"
+" Clojure symbols are indented in the defn style when they:
+"
+"   * Define vars and anonymous functions
+"   * Create new lexical scopes or scopes with altered environments
+"   * Create conditional branches from a predicate function or value
+"
+" The arglists for these functions are generally in the form of [x & body];
+" Functions that accept a flat list of forms do not treat the first argument
+" specially and hence are not indented specially.
+"
+" -*- LISPWORDS -*-
+" Generated from https://github.com/guns/vim-clojure-static/blob/vim-release-010/clj/src/vim_clojure_static/generate.clj
+setlocal lispwords=as->,binding,bound-fn,case,catch,cond->,cond->>,condp,def,definline,definterface,defmacro,defmethod,defmulti,defn,defn-,defonce,defprotocol,defrecord,defstruct,deftest,deftest-,deftype,doseq,dotimes,doto,extend,extend-protocol,extend-type,fn,for,if,if-let,if-not,if-some,let,letfn,locking,loop,ns,proxy,reify,set-test,testing,when,when-first,when-let,when-not,when-some,while,with-bindings,with-in-str,with-local-vars,with-open,with-precision,with-redefs,with-redefs-fn,with-test
+
 " Provide insert mode completions for special forms and clojure.core. As
 " 'omnifunc' is set by popular Clojure REPL client plugins, we also set
 " 'completefunc' so that the user has some form of completion available when

runtime/ftplugin/cobol.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin file
 " Language:	cobol
 " Author:	Tim Pope <vimNOSPAM@tpope.info>
-" $Id: cobol.vim,v 1.1 2007/05/05 17:24:38 vimboss Exp $
+" Last Update:	By ZyX: use shiftwidth()
 
 " Insert mode mappings: <C-T> <C-D> <Tab>
 " Normal mode mappings: < > << >> [[ ]] [] ][
@@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ endfunction
 
 function! s:increase(...)
     let lnum = '.'
-    let sw = &shiftwidth
+    let sw = shiftwidth()
     let i = a:0 ? a:1 : indent(lnum)
     if i >= 11
         return sw - (i - 11) % sw
@@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ endfunction
 
 function! s:decrease(...)
     let lnum = '.'
-    let sw = &shiftwidth
+    let sw = shiftwidth()
     let i = indent(a:0 ? a:1 : lnum)
     if i >= 11 + sw
         return 1 + (i + 12) % sw
@@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ function! CobolIndentBlock(shift)
     let head = strpart(getline('.'),0,7)
     let tail = strpart(getline('.'),7)
     let indent = match(tail,'[^ ]')
-    let sw = &shiftwidth
+    let sw = shiftwidth()
     let shift = a:shift
     if shift > 0
         if indent < 4
@@ -221,7 +221,8 @@ endfunction
 function! s:Tab()
     if (strpart(getline('.'),0,col('.')-1) =~ '^\s*$' && &sta)
         return s:IncreaseIndent()
-    elseif &sts == &sw && &sts != 8 && &et
+    " &softtabstop < 0: &softtabstop follows &shiftwidth
+    elseif (&sts < 0 || &sts == shiftwidth()) && &sts != 8 && &et
         return s:repeat(" ",s:increase(col('.')-1))
     else
         return "\<Tab>"

runtime/ftplugin/debchangelog.vim

@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 " Maintainer:   Debian Vim Maintainers <pkg-vim-maintainers@lists.alioth.debian.org>
 " Former Maintainers:   Michael Piefel <piefel@informatik.hu-berlin.de>
 "                       Stefano Zacchiroli <zack@debian.org>
-" Last Change:  2012-01-31
+" Last Change:  2014-01-31
 " License:      Vim License
 " URL:          http://hg.debian.org/hg/pkg-vim/vim/file/unstable/runtime/ftplugin/debchangelog.vim
 
@@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ function CloseBug()
 endfunction
 
 function Distribution(dist)
-    call setline(1, substitute(getline(1), ") [[:lower:] ]*;", ") " . a:dist . ";", ""))
+    call setline(1, substitute(getline(1), ')  *\%(UNRELEASED\|\l\+\);', ") " . a:dist . ";", ""))
 endfunction
 
 function Urgency(urg)

runtime/ftplugin/dockerfile.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+" Vim filetype plugin
+" Language:	Dockerfile
+" Maintainer:   Honza Pokorny <http://honza.ca>
+" Last Change:	2014 Aug 29
+
+" Only do this when not done yet for this buffer
+if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
+  finish
+endif
+
+" Don't load another plugin for this buffer
+let b:did_ftplugin = 1
+
+let b:undo_ftplugin = "setl commentstring<"
+
+setlocal commentstring=#\ %s

runtime/ftplugin/fortran.vim

@@ -1,12 +1,12 @@
 " Vim settings file
 " Language:	Fortran 2008 (and older: Fortran 2003, 95, 90, 77, 66)
-" Version:	0.48
-" Last Change:	2012 Apr. 18
-" Maintainer:	Ajit J. Thakkar <ajit@unb.ca>; <http://www.unb.ca/chem/ajit/>
+" Version:	0.49
+" Last Change:	2013 Oct. 01
+" Maintainer:	Ajit J. Thakkar <ajit@unb.ca>; <http://www2.unb.ca/~ajit/>
 " Usage:	Do :help fortran-plugin from Vim
 " Credits:
-" Useful suggestions were made by Stefano Zacchiroli, Hendrik Merx, and Ben
-" Fritz.
+" Useful suggestions were made by Stefano Zacchiroli, Hendrik Merx, Ben
+" Fritz, and David Barnett.
 
 " Only do these settings when not done yet for this buffer
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
@@ -64,8 +64,8 @@ if (b:fortran_fixed_source == 1)
   " setlocal tw=73
 else
   setlocal comments=:!
-  " Free format allows a textwidth of 132 for code but 80 is more usual
-  setlocal tw=80
+  " Free format allows a textwidth of 132
+  setlocal tw=132
 endif
 
 " Set commentstring for foldmethod=marker
@@ -76,8 +76,8 @@ if !exists("fortran_have_tabs")
   setlocal expandtab
 endif
 
-" Set 'formatoptions' to break comment and text lines but allow long lines
-setlocal fo+=tcql
+" Set 'formatoptions' to break text lines
+setlocal fo+=t
 
 setlocal include=^\\c#\\=\\s*include\\s\\+
 setlocal suffixesadd+=.f08,.f03,.f95,.f90,.for,.f,.F,.f77,.ftn,.fpp
@@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ if has("gui_win32") && !exists("b:browsefilter")
     \ "All Files (*.*)\t*.*\n"
 endif
 
-let b:undo_ftplugin = "setl fo< com< tw< cms< et< inc<"
+let b:undo_ftplugin = "setl fo< com< tw< cms< et< inc< sua<"
 	\ . "| unlet! b:match_ignorecase b:match_words b:browsefilter"
 
 let &cpoptions=s:cposet

runtime/ftplugin/go.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+" Vim filetype plugin file
+" Language:	Go
+" Maintainer:	David Barnett (https://github.com/google/vim-ft-go)
+" Last Change:	2014 Aug 16
+
+if exists('b:did_ftplugin')
+  finish
+endif
+let b:did_ftplugin = 1
+
+setlocal formatoptions-=t
+
+setlocal comments=s1:/*,mb:*,ex:*/,://
+setlocal commentstring=//\ %s
+
+let b:undo_ftplugin = 'setl fo< com< cms<'
+
+" vim: sw=2 sts=2 et

runtime/ftplugin/html.vim

@@ -20,49 +20,9 @@ if exists("g:ft_html_autocomment") && (g:ft_html_autocomment == 1)
     setlocal formatoptions-=t formatoptions+=croql
 endif
 
-
 if exists('&omnifunc')
-    " Distinguish between HTML versions
-    " To use with other HTML versions add another
-    " elseif condition to match proper DOCTYPE
-    setlocal omnifunc=htmlcomplete#CompleteTags
-
-    if &filetype == 'xhtml'
-            let b:html_omni_flavor = 'xhtml10s'
-    else
-            let b:html_omni_flavor = 'html401t'
-    endif
-    let i = 1
-    let line = ""
-    while i < 10 && i < line("$")
-        let line = getline(i)
-        if line =~ '<!DOCTYPE.*\<DTD '
-            break
-        endif
-        let i += 1
-    endwhile
-    if line =~ '<!DOCTYPE.*\<DTD '  " doctype line found above
-        if line =~ ' HTML 3\.2'
-            let b:html_omni_flavor = 'html32'
-        elseif line =~ ' XHTML 1\.1'
-            let b:html_omni_flavor = 'xhtml11'
-        else    " two-step detection with strict/frameset/transitional
-            if line =~ ' XHTML 1\.0'
-                let b:html_omni_flavor = 'xhtml10'
-            elseif line =~ ' HTML 4\.01'
-                let b:html_omni_flavor = 'html401'
-            elseif line =~ ' HTML 4.0\>'
-                let b:html_omni_flavor = 'html40'
-            endif
-            if line =~ '\<Transitional\>'
-                let b:html_omni_flavor .= 't'
-            elseif line =~ '\<Frameset\>'
-                let b:html_omni_flavor .= 'f'
-            else
-                let b:html_omni_flavor .= 's'
-            endif
-        endif
-    endif
+  setlocal omnifunc=htmlcomplete#CompleteTags
+  call htmlcomplete#DetectOmniFlavor()
 endif
 
 " HTML:  thanks to Johannes Zellner and Benji Fisher.

runtime/ftplugin/j.vim

@@ -1,17 +1,75 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin
 " Language:	J
 " Maintainer:	David Bürgin <676c7473@gmail.com>
-" Last Change:	2013-09-21
+" URL:		https://github.com/glts/vim-j
+" Last Change:	2014-04-05
 
-if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
+if exists('b:did_ftplugin')
   finish
 endif
 let b:did_ftplugin = 1
 
-setlocal iskeyword=48-57,65-90,_,97-122
+let s:save_cpo = &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
+setlocal iskeyword=48-57,A-Z,_,a-z
 setlocal comments=:NB.
 setlocal commentstring=NB.\ %s
-setlocal formatoptions-=t formatoptions+=croql
+setlocal formatoptions-=t
 setlocal shiftwidth=2 softtabstop=2 expandtab
+setlocal matchpairs=(:)
 
-let b:undo_ftplugin = "setl et< sts< sw< fo< cms< com< isk<"
+let b:undo_ftplugin = 'setlocal matchpairs< expandtab< softtabstop< shiftwidth< formatoptions< commentstring< comments< iskeyword<'
+
+" Section movement with ]] ][ [[ []. The start/end patterns below are amended
+" inside the function in order to avoid matching on the current cursor line.
+let s:sectionstart = '.\{-}\<\%([0-4]\|13\|noun\|adverb\|conjunction\|verb\|monad\|dyad\)\s\+\%(:\s*0\|def\s\+0\|define\)\>.*'
+let s:sectionend = '\s*)\s*'
+
+function! s:SearchSection(end, backwards, visualmode) abort
+  if a:visualmode !=# ''
+    normal! gv
+  endif
+  let flags = a:backwards ? 'bsW' : 'sW'
+  if a:end
+    call search('^' . s:sectionend . (a:backwards ? '\n\_.\{-}\%#' : '$'), flags)
+  else
+    call search('^' . s:sectionstart . (a:backwards ? '\n\_.\{-}\%#' : '$'), flags)
+  endif
+endfunction
+
+noremap <script> <buffer> <silent> ]] :<C-U>call <SID>SearchSection(0, 0, '')<CR>
+xnoremap <script> <buffer> <silent> ]] :<C-U>call <SID>SearchSection(0, 0, visualmode())<CR>
+sunmap <buffer> ]]
+noremap <script> <buffer> <silent> ][ :<C-U>call <SID>SearchSection(1, 0, '')<CR>
+xnoremap <script> <buffer> <silent> ][ :<C-U>call <SID>SearchSection(1, 0, visualmode())<CR>
+sunmap <buffer> ][
+noremap <script> <buffer> <silent> [[ :<C-U>call <SID>SearchSection(0, 1, '')<CR>
+xnoremap <script> <buffer> <silent> [[ :<C-U>call <SID>SearchSection(0, 1, visualmode())<CR>
+sunmap <buffer> [[
+noremap <script> <buffer> <silent> [] :<C-U>call <SID>SearchSection(1, 1, '')<CR>
+xnoremap <script> <buffer> <silent> [] :<C-U>call <SID>SearchSection(1, 1, visualmode())<CR>
+sunmap <buffer> []
+
+let b:undo_ftplugin .= ' | silent! execute "unmap <buffer> ]]"'
+                   \ . ' | silent! execute "unmap <buffer> ]["'
+                   \ . ' | silent! execute "unmap <buffer> [["'
+                   \ . ' | silent! execute "unmap <buffer> []"'
+
+" Browse dialog filter on Windows (see ":help browsefilter")
+if has('gui_win32') && !exists('b:browsefilter')
+  let b:browsefilter = "J Script Files (*.ijs)\t*.ijs\n"
+                   \ . "All Files (*.*)\t*.*\n"
+  let b:undo_ftplugin .= ' | unlet! b:browsefilter'
+endif
+
+" Enhanced "%" matching (see ":help matchit")
+if exists('loaded_matchit') && !exists('b:match_words')
+  let b:match_ignorecase = 0
+  let b:match_words = '^.\{-}\<\%([0-4]\|13\|noun\|adverb\|conjunction\|verb\|monad\|dyad\)\s\+\%(\:\s*0\|def\s\+0\|define\)\>:^\s*\:\s*$:^\s*)\s*$'
+                  \ . ',\<\%(for\%(_\a\k*\)\=\|if\|select\|try\|whil\%(e\|st\)\)\.:\<\%(case\|catch[dt]\=\|else\%(if\)\=\|fcase\)\.:\<end\.'
+  let b:undo_ftplugin .= ' | unlet! b:match_ignorecase b:match_words'
+endif
+
+let &cpo = s:save_cpo
+unlet s:save_cpo

runtime/ftplugin/jproperties.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+" Vim filetype plugin
+" Language:	Java properties file
+" Maintainer:	David Bürgin <676c7473@gmail.com>
+" Last Change:	2013-11-19
+
+if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
+  finish
+endif
+let b:did_ftplugin = 1
+
+setlocal formatoptions-=t
+setlocal comments=:#,:!
+setlocal commentstring=#\ %s
+
+let b:undo_ftplugin = "setl cms< com< fo<"

runtime/ftplugin/json.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+" Vim filetype plugin
+" Language:		JSON
+" Maintainer:		David Barnett <daviebdawg+vim@gmail.com>
+" Last Change:		2014 Jul 16
+
+if exists('b:did_ftplugin')
+  finish
+endif
+let b:did_ftplugin = 1
+
+let b:undo_ftplugin = 'setlocal formatoptions< comments< commentstring<'
+
+setlocal formatoptions-=t
+
+" JSON has no comments.
+setlocal comments=
+setlocal commentstring=

runtime/ftplugin/lisp.vim

@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 " URL:		 http://sites.google.com/site/khorser/opensource/vim
 " Original author:    Dorai Sitaram <ds26@gte.com>
 " Original URL:		 http://www.ccs.neu.edu/~dorai/vimplugins/vimplugins.html
-" Last Change:   Feb 12, 2013
+" Last Change:   Oct 23, 2013
 
 " Only do this when not done yet for this buffer
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
@@ -21,9 +21,6 @@ setl iskeyword+=+,-,*,/,%,<,=,>,:,$,?,!,@-@,94
 setl lisp
 setl commentstring=;%s
 
-" make comments behaviour like in c.vim
-" e.g. insertion of ;;; and ;; on normal "O" or "o" when staying in comment
 setl comments^=:;;;,:;;,sr:#\|,mb:\|,ex:\|#
-setl formatoptions+=croql
 
 let b:undo_ftplugin = "setlocal comments< define< formatoptions< iskeyword< lisp< commentstring<"

runtime/ftplugin/python.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,8 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin file
 " Language:	python
 " Maintainer:	Johannes Zellner <johannes@zellner.org>
-" Last Change:	Wed, 21 Apr 2004 13:13:08 CEST
+" Last Change:	2014 Feb 09
+" Last Change By Johannes: Wed, 21 Apr 2004 13:13:08 CEST
 
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin") | finish | endif
 let b:did_ftplugin = 1
@@ -10,11 +11,11 @@ set cpo&vim
 
 setlocal cinkeys-=0#
 setlocal indentkeys-=0#
-setlocal include=\s*\\(from\\\|import\\)
+setlocal include=^\\s*\\(from\\\|import\\)
 setlocal includeexpr=substitute(v:fname,'\\.','/','g')
 setlocal suffixesadd=.py
-setlocal comments-=:%
-setlocal commentstring=#%s
+setlocal comments=b:#,fb:-
+setlocal commentstring=#\ %s
 
 setlocal omnifunc=pythoncomplete#Complete
 
@@ -25,24 +26,40 @@ nnoremap <silent> <buffer> [[ :call <SID>Python_jump('?^\(class\\|def\)')<cr>
 nnoremap <silent> <buffer> ]m :call <SID>Python_jump('/^\s*\(class\\|def\)')<cr>
 nnoremap <silent> <buffer> [m :call <SID>Python_jump('?^\s*\(class\\|def\)')<cr>
 
-if exists('*<SID>Python_jump') | finish | endif
+if !exists('*<SID>Python_jump')
+  fun! <SID>Python_jump(motion) range
+      let cnt = v:count1
+      let save = @/    " save last search pattern
+      mark '
+      while cnt > 0
+	  silent! exe a:motion
+	  let cnt = cnt - 1
+      endwhile
+      call histdel('/', -1)
+      let @/ = save    " restore last search pattern
+  endfun
+endif
 
-fun! <SID>Python_jump(motion) range
-    let cnt = v:count1
-    let save = @/    " save last search pattern
-    mark '
-    while cnt > 0
-	silent! exe a:motion
-	let cnt = cnt - 1
-    endwhile
-    call histdel('/', -1)
-    let @/ = save    " restore last search pattern
-endfun
-
-if has("gui_win32") && !exists("b:browsefilter")
+if has("browsefilter") && !exists("b:browsefilter")
     let b:browsefilter = "Python Files (*.py)\t*.py\n" .
 		       \ "All Files (*.*)\t*.*\n"
 endif
 
+" As suggested by PEP8.
+setlocal expandtab shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 tabstop=8
+
+" First time: try finding "pydoc".
+if !exists('g:pydoc_executable')
+    if executable('pydoc')
+        let g:pydoc_executable = 1
+    else
+        let g:pydoc_executable = 0
+    endif
+endif
+" If "pydoc" was found use it for keywordprg.
+if g:pydoc_executable
+    setlocal keywordprg=pydoc
+endif
+
 let &cpo = s:keepcpo
 unlet s:keepcpo

runtime/ftplugin/r.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+" Vim filetype plugin file
+" Language: R
+" Maintainer: Jakson Alves de Aquino <jalvesaq@gmail.com>
+" Last Change:	Sun Feb 23, 2014  04:07PM
+
+" Only do this when not yet done for this buffer
+if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
+  finish
+endif
+
+" Don't load another plugin for this buffer
+let b:did_ftplugin = 1
+
+let s:cpo_save = &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
+setlocal iskeyword=@,48-57,_,.
+setlocal formatoptions-=t
+setlocal commentstring=#\ %s
+setlocal comments=:#',:###,:##,:#
+
+if has("gui_win32") && !exists("b:browsefilter")
+  let b:browsefilter = "R Source Files (*.R)\t*.R\n" .
+        \ "Files that include R (*.Rnw *.Rd *.Rmd *.Rrst)\t*.Rnw;*.Rd;*.Rmd;*.Rrst\n" .
+        \ "All Files (*.*)\t*.*\n"
+endif
+
+let b:undo_ftplugin = "setl cms< com< fo< isk< | unlet! b:browsefilter"
+
+let &cpo = s:cpo_save
+unlet s:cpo_save

runtime/ftplugin/registry.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+" Vim filetype plugin file
+" Language:         Windows Registry export with regedit (*.reg)
+" Maintainer:       Cade Forester <ahx2323@gmail.com>
+" Latest Revision:  2014-01-09
+
+if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
+  finish
+endif
+let b:did_ftplugin = 1
+
+let s:cpo_save = &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
+let b:undo_ftplugin =
+  \ 'let b:browsefilter = "" | ' .
+  \ 'setlocal ' .
+  \    'comments< '.
+  \    'commentstring< ' .
+  \    'formatoptions< '
+
+
+if has( 'gui_win32' )
+\ && !exists( 'b:browsefilter' )
+   let b:browsefilter =
+      \ 'registry files (*.reg)\t*.reg\n' .
+      \ 'All files (*.*)\t*.*\n'
+endif
+
+setlocal comments=:;
+setlocal commentstring=;\ %s
+
+setlocal formatoptions-=t
+setlocal formatoptions+=croql
+
+let &cpo = s:cpo_save
+unlet s:cpo_save

runtime/ftplugin/rhelp.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+" Vim filetype plugin file
+" Language: R help file
+" Maintainer: Jakson Alves de Aquino <jalvesaq@gmail.com>
+" Last Change:	Wed Jul 09, 2014  06:23PM
+
+" Only do this when not yet done for this buffer
+if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
+  finish
+endif
+
+" Don't load another plugin for this buffer
+let b:did_ftplugin = 1
+
+let s:cpo_save = &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
+setlocal iskeyword=@,48-57,_,.
+
+if has("gui_win32") && !exists("b:browsefilter")
+  let b:browsefilter = "R Source Files (*.R *.Rnw *.Rd *.Rmd *.Rrst)\t*.R;*.Rnw;*.Rd;*.Rmd;*.Rrst\n" .
+        \ "All Files (*.*)\t*.*\n"
+endif
+
+let b:undo_ftplugin = "setl isk< | unlet! b:browsefilter"
+
+let &cpo = s:cpo_save
+unlet s:cpo_save
+
+" vim: sw=2

runtime/ftplugin/rmd.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+" Vim filetype plugin file
+" Language: R help file
+" Maintainer: Jakson Alves de Aquino <jalvesaq@gmail.com>
+" Last Change:	Wed Jul 09, 2014  06:23PM
+" Original work by Alex Zvoleff (adjusted for rmd by Michel Kuhlmann)
+
+" Only do this when not yet done for this buffer
+if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
+  finish
+endif
+
+runtime! ftplugin/html.vim ftplugin/html_*.vim ftplugin/html/*.vim
+
+setlocal comments=fb:*,fb:-,fb:+,n:> commentstring=>\ %s
+setlocal formatoptions+=tcqln
+setlocal formatlistpat=^\\s*\\d\\+\\.\\s\\+\\\|^\\s*[-*+]\\s\\+
+setlocal iskeyword=@,48-57,_,.
+
+let s:cpo_save = &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
+" Enables pandoc if it is installed
+unlet! b:did_ftplugin
+runtime ftplugin/pandoc.vim
+
+" Don't load another plugin for this buffer
+let b:did_ftplugin = 1
+
+if has("gui_win32") && !exists("b:browsefilter")
+  let b:browsefilter = "R Source Files (*.R *.Rnw *.Rd *.Rmd *.Rrst)\t*.R;*.Rnw;*.Rd;*.Rmd;*.Rrst\n" .
+        \ "All Files (*.*)\t*.*\n"
+endif
+
+if exists('b:undo_ftplugin')
+  let b:undo_ftplugin .= " | setl cms< com< fo< flp< isk< | unlet! b:browsefilter"
+else
+  let b:undo_ftplugin = "setl cms< com< fo< flp< isk< | unlet! b:browsefilter"
+endif
+
+let &cpo = s:cpo_save
+unlet s:cpo_save
+
+" vim: sw=2

runtime/ftplugin/rnoweb.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+" Vim filetype plugin file
+" Language: Rnoweb
+" Maintainer: Jakson Alves de Aquino <jalvesaq@gmail.com>
+" Last Change:	Wed Jul 09, 2014  06:23PM
+
+" Only do this when not yet done for this buffer
+if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
+  finish
+endif
+
+let s:cpo_save = &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
+runtime! ftplugin/tex.vim
+
+" Don't load another plugin for this buffer
+let b:did_ftplugin = 1
+
+" Enables Vim-Latex-Suite, LaTeX-Box if installed
+runtime ftplugin/tex_*.vim
+
+setlocal iskeyword=@,48-57,_,.
+setlocal suffixesadd=.bib,.tex
+setlocal comments=b:%,b:#,b:##,b:###,b:#'
+
+if has("gui_win32") && !exists("b:browsefilter")
+  let b:browsefilter = "R Source Files (*.R *.Rnw *.Rd *.Rmd *.Rrst)\t*.R;*.Rnw;*.Rd;*.Rmd;*.Rrst\n" .
+        \ "All Files (*.*)\t*.*\n"
+endif
+
+if exists('b:undo_ftplugin')
+  let b:undo_ftplugin .= " | setl isk< sua< com< | unlet! b:browsefilter"
+else
+  let b:undo_ftplugin = "setl isk< sua< com< | unlet! b:browsefilter"
+endif
+
+let &cpo = s:cpo_save
+unlet s:cpo_save
+
+" vim: sw=2

runtime/ftplugin/rrst.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+" Vim filetype plugin file
+" Language: reStructuredText documentation format with R code
+" Maintainer: Jakson Alves de Aquino <jalvesaq@gmail.com>
+" Last Change:	Wed Jul 09, 2014  06:23PM
+" Original work by Alex Zvoleff
+
+" Only do this when not yet done for this buffer
+if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
+  finish
+endif
+
+" Don't load another plugin for this buffer
+let b:did_ftplugin = 1
+
+let s:cpo_save = &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
+setlocal comments=fb:*,fb:-,fb:+,n:> commentstring=>\ %s
+setlocal formatoptions+=tcqln
+setlocal formatlistpat=^\\s*\\d\\+\\.\\s\\+\\\|^\\s*[-*+]\\s\\+
+setlocal iskeyword=@,48-57,_,.
+
+if has("gui_win32") && !exists("b:browsefilter")
+  let b:browsefilter = "R Source Files (*.R *.Rnw *.Rd *.Rmd *.Rrst)\t*.R;*.Rnw;*.Rd;*.Rmd;*.Rrst\n" .
+        \ "All Files (*.*)\t*.*\n"
+endif
+
+if exists('b:undo_ftplugin')
+  let b:undo_ftplugin .= " | setl cms< com< fo< flp< isk< | unlet! b:browsefilter"
+else
+  let b:undo_ftplugin = "setl cms< com< fo< flp< isk< | unlet! b:browsefilter"
+endif
+
+let &cpo = s:cpo_save
+unlet s:cpo_save
+
+" vim: sw=2

runtime/ftplugin/scheme.vim

@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 " URL:		 http://sites.google.com/site/khorser/opensource/vim
 " Original author:    Dorai Sitaram <ds26@gte.com>
 " Original URL:		 http://www.ccs.neu.edu/~dorai/vimplugins/vimplugins.html
-" Last Change:   Feb 12, 2013
+" Last Change:   Oct 23, 2013
 
 " Only do this when not done yet for this buffer
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
@@ -22,10 +22,7 @@ setl iskeyword+=+,-,*,/,%,<,=,>,:,$,?,!,@-@,94
 setl lisp
 setl commentstring=;%s
 
-" make comments behaviour like in c.vim
-" e.g. insertion of ;;; and ;; on normal "O" or "o" when staying in comment
 setl comments^=:;;;,:;;,sr:#\|,mb:\|,ex:\|#
-setl formatoptions+=croql
 
 " Scheme-specific settings
 if exists("b:is_mzscheme") || exists("is_mzscheme")

runtime/ftplugin/spec.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,8 @@
 " Plugin to update the %changelog section of RPM spec files
 " Filename: spec.vim
-" Maintainer: Gustavo Niemeyer <niemeyer@conectiva.com>
-" Last Change: 2012 Mar 07
+" Maintainer: Igor Gnatenko i.gnatenko.brain@gmail.com
+" Former Maintainer: Gustavo Niemeyer <niemeyer@conectiva.com> (until March 2014)
+" Last Change: Sun Mar 2 11:24 MSK 2014 Igor Gnatenko
 
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
 	finish
@@ -150,6 +151,10 @@ if !exists("*s:ParseRpmVars")
 		execute a:strline
 		let definestr = "^[ \t]*%define[ \t]\\+" . varname . "[ \t]\\+\\(.*\\)$"
 		let linenum = search(definestr, "bW")
+		if (linenum == 0)
+			let definestr = substitute(definestr, "%define", "%global", "")
+			let linenum = search(definestr, "bW")
+		endif
 		if (linenum != -1)
 			let ret = ret .  substitute(getline(linenum), definestr, "\\1", "")
 		else

runtime/ftplugin/systemverilog.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+" Vim filetype plugin file
+" Language:    SystemVerilog
+" Maintainer:  kocha <kocha.lsifrontend@gmail.com>
+" Last Change: 12-Aug-2013. 
+
+if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
+  finish
+endif
+
+" Behaves just like Verilog
+runtime! ftplugin/verilog.vim

runtime/ftplugin/text.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+" Vim filetype plugin
+" Language:		Text
+" Maintainer:		David Barnett <daviebdawg+vim@gmail.com>
+" Last Change:		2014 Jul 09
+
+if exists('b:did_ftplugin')
+  finish
+endif
+let b:did_ftplugin = 1
+
+let b:undo_ftplugin = 'setlocal comments< commentstring<'
+
+" We intentionally don't set formatoptions-=t since text should wrap as text.
+
+" Pseudo comment leaders to indent bulleted lists.
+setlocal comments=fb:-,fb:*
+setlocal commentstring=

runtime/ftplugin/vim.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin
 " Language:	Vim
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last Change:	2013 Jun 26
+" Last Change:	2014 Sep 07
 
 " Only do this when not done yet for this buffer
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
@@ -62,9 +62,12 @@ if exists("loaded_matchit")
 	\ '\<try\>:\<cat\%[ch]\>:\<fina\%[lly]\>:\<endt\%[ry]\>,' .
 	\ '\<aug\%[roup]\s\+\%(END\>\)\@!\S:\<aug\%[roup]\s\+END\>,' .
 	\ '(:)'
-  " Ignore ":syntax region" commands, the 'end' argument clobbers if-endif
-  let b:match_skip = 'getline(".") =~ "^\\s*sy\\%[ntax]\\s\\+region" ||
-	\ synIDattr(synID(line("."),col("."),1),"name") =~? "comment\\|string"'
+  " Ignore syntax region commands and settings, any 'en*' would clobber
+  " if-endif.
+  " - set spl=de,en
+  " - au! FileType javascript syntax region foldBraces start=/{/ end=/}/ …
+  let b:match_skip = 'synIDattr(synID(line("."),col("."),1),"name")
+        \ =~? "comment\\|string\\|vimSynReg\\|vimSet"'
 endif
 
 let &cpo = s:cpo_save

runtime/ftplugin/vroom.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+" Vim filetype plugin file
+" Language:	Vroom (vim testing and executable documentation)
+" Maintainer:	David Barnett (https://github.com/google/vim-ft-vroom)
+" Last Change:	2014 Jul 23
+
+if exists('b:did_ftplugin')
+  finish
+endif
+let b:did_ftplugin = 1
+
+let s:cpo_save = &cpo
+set cpo-=C
+
+
+let b:undo_ftplugin = 'setlocal formatoptions< shiftwidth< softtabstop<' .
+    \ ' expandtab< iskeyword< comments< commentstring<'
+
+setlocal formatoptions-=t
+
+" The vroom interpreter doesn't accept anything but 2-space indent.
+setlocal shiftwidth=2
+setlocal softtabstop=2
+setlocal expandtab
+
+" To allow tag lookup and autocomplete for whole autoload functions, '#' must be
+" a keyword character. This also conforms to the behavior of ftplugin/vim.vim.
+setlocal iskeyword+=#
+
+" Vroom files have no comments (text is inert documentation unless indented).
+setlocal comments=
+setlocal commentstring=
+
+
+let &cpo = s:cpo_save
+unlet s:cpo_save

runtime/indent/clojure.vim

@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
 " Maintainer:	Sung Pae <self@sungpae.com>
 " URL:		https://github.com/guns/vim-clojure-static
 " License:	Same as Vim
-" Last Change:	08 September 2013
+" Last Change:	27 March 2014
 
 " TODO: Indenting after multibyte characters is broken:
 "       (let [Δ (if foo
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ let b:did_indent = 1
 let s:save_cpo = &cpo
 set cpo&vim
 
-let b:undo_indent = 'setlocal autoindent< smartindent< lispwords< expandtab< softtabstop< shiftwidth< indentexpr< indentkeys<'
+let b:undo_indent = 'setlocal autoindent< smartindent< expandtab< softtabstop< shiftwidth< indentexpr< indentkeys<'
 
 setlocal noautoindent nosmartindent
 setlocal softtabstop=2 shiftwidth=2 expandtab
@@ -53,6 +53,10 @@ if exists("*searchpairpos")
 		let g:clojure_align_multiline_strings = 0
 	endif
 
+	if !exists('g:clojure_align_subforms')
+		let g:clojure_align_subforms = 0
+	endif
+
 	function! s:SynIdName()
 		return synIDattr(synID(line("."), col("."), 0), "name")
 	endfunction
@@ -66,7 +70,7 @@ if exists("*searchpairpos")
 	endfunction
 
 	function! s:IsParen()
-		return s:CurrentChar() =~ '\v[\(\)\[\]\{\}]' &&
+		return s:CurrentChar() =~# '\v[\(\)\[\]\{\}]' &&
 		     \ s:SynIdName() !~? '\vstring|regex|comment|character'
 	endfunction
 
@@ -78,7 +82,7 @@ if exists("*searchpairpos")
 			   \ ? a:patterns
 			   \ : map(split(a:patterns, ','), '"^" . v:val . "$"')
 		for pat in list
-			if a:string =~ pat | return 1 | endif
+			if a:string =~# pat | return 1 | endif
 		endfor
 	endfunction
 
@@ -144,6 +148,10 @@ if exists("*searchpairpos")
 		return val
 	endfunction
 
+	function! s:StripNamespaceAndMacroChars(word)
+		return substitute(a:word, "\\v%(.*/|[#'`~@^,]*)(.*)", '\1', '')
+	endfunction
+
 	function! s:ClojureIsMethodSpecialCaseWorker(position)
 		" Find the next enclosing form.
 		call search('\S', 'Wb')
@@ -163,7 +171,8 @@ if exists("*searchpairpos")
 		call cursor(nextParen)
 
 		call search('\S', 'W')
-		if g:clojure_special_indent_words =~ '\<' . s:CurrentWord() . '\>'
+		let w = s:StripNamespaceAndMacroChars(s:CurrentWord())
+		if g:clojure_special_indent_words =~# '\V\<' . w . '\>'
 			return 1
 		endif
 
@@ -269,9 +278,9 @@ if exists("*searchpairpos")
 		" metacharacters.
 		"
 		" e.g. clojure.core/defn and #'defn should both indent like defn.
-		let ww = substitute(w, "\\v%(.*/|[#'`~@^,]*)(.*)", '\1', '')
+		let ww = s:StripNamespaceAndMacroChars(w)
 
-		if &lispwords =~ '\V\<' . ww . '\>'
+		if &lispwords =~# '\V\<' . ww . '\>'
 			return paren[1] + &shiftwidth - 1
 		endif
 
@@ -284,7 +293,7 @@ if exists("*searchpairpos")
 		call search('\v\_s', 'cW')
 		call search('\v\S', 'W')
 		if paren[0] < line(".")
-			return paren[1] + &shiftwidth - 1
+			return paren[1] + (g:clojure_align_subforms ? 0 : &shiftwidth - 1)
 		endif
 
 		call search('\v\S', 'bW')
@@ -303,85 +312,6 @@ else
 
 endif
 
-" Specially indented symbols from clojure.core and clojure.test.
-"
-" Clojure symbols are indented in the defn style when they:
-"
-"   * Define vars and anonymous functions
-"   * Create new lexical scopes or scopes with altered environments
-"   * Create conditional branches from a predicate function or value
-"
-" The arglists for these functions are generally in the form of [x & body];
-" Functions that accept a flat list of forms do not treat the first argument
-" specially and hence are not indented specially.
-
-" Definitions
-setlocal lispwords=
-setlocal lispwords+=bound-fn
-setlocal lispwords+=def
-setlocal lispwords+=definline
-setlocal lispwords+=definterface
-setlocal lispwords+=defmacro
-setlocal lispwords+=defmethod
-setlocal lispwords+=defmulti
-setlocal lispwords+=defn
-setlocal lispwords+=defn-
-setlocal lispwords+=defonce
-setlocal lispwords+=defprotocol
-setlocal lispwords+=defrecord
-setlocal lispwords+=defstruct
-setlocal lispwords+=deftest " clojure.test
-setlocal lispwords+=deftest- " clojure.test
-setlocal lispwords+=deftype
-setlocal lispwords+=extend
-setlocal lispwords+=extend-protocol
-setlocal lispwords+=extend-type
-setlocal lispwords+=fn
-setlocal lispwords+=ns
-setlocal lispwords+=proxy
-setlocal lispwords+=reify
-setlocal lispwords+=set-test " clojure.test
-
-" Binding forms
-setlocal lispwords+=as->
-setlocal lispwords+=binding
-setlocal lispwords+=doall
-setlocal lispwords+=dorun
-setlocal lispwords+=doseq
-setlocal lispwords+=dotimes
-setlocal lispwords+=doto
-setlocal lispwords+=for
-setlocal lispwords+=if-let
-setlocal lispwords+=let
-setlocal lispwords+=letfn
-setlocal lispwords+=locking
-setlocal lispwords+=loop
-setlocal lispwords+=testing " clojure.test
-setlocal lispwords+=when-first
-setlocal lispwords+=when-let
-setlocal lispwords+=with-bindings
-setlocal lispwords+=with-in-str
-setlocal lispwords+=with-local-vars
-setlocal lispwords+=with-open
-setlocal lispwords+=with-precision
-setlocal lispwords+=with-redefs
-setlocal lispwords+=with-redefs-fn
-setlocal lispwords+=with-test " clojure.test
-
-" Conditional branching
-setlocal lispwords+=case
-setlocal lispwords+=cond->
-setlocal lispwords+=cond->>
-setlocal lispwords+=condp
-setlocal lispwords+=if
-setlocal lispwords+=if-not
-setlocal lispwords+=when
-setlocal lispwords+=when-not
-setlocal lispwords+=while
-
-" Exception handling
-setlocal lispwords+=catch
-
 let &cpo = s:save_cpo
 unlet! s:save_cpo
 

runtime/indent/go.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+" Vim indent file
+" Language:	Go
+" Maintainer:	David Barnett (https://github.com/google/vim-ft-go)
+" Last Change:	2014 Aug 16
+"
+" TODO:
+" - function invocations split across lines
+" - general line splits (line ends in an operator)
+
+if exists('b:did_indent')
+  finish
+endif
+let b:did_indent = 1
+
+" C indentation is too far off useful, mainly due to Go's := operator.
+" Let's just define our own.
+setlocal nolisp
+setlocal autoindent
+setlocal indentexpr=GoIndent(v:lnum)
+setlocal indentkeys+=<:>,0=},0=)
+
+if exists('*GoIndent')
+  finish
+endif
+
+" The shiftwidth() function is relatively new.
+" Don't require it to exist.
+if exists('*shiftwidth')
+  function s:sw() abort
+    return shiftwidth()
+  endfunction
+else
+  function s:sw() abort
+    return &shiftwidth
+  endfunction
+endif
+
+function! GoIndent(lnum)
+  let l:prevlnum = prevnonblank(a:lnum-1)
+  if l:prevlnum == 0
+    " top of file
+    return 0
+  endif
+
+  " grab the previous and current line, stripping comments.
+  let l:prevl = substitute(getline(l:prevlnum), '//.*$', '', '')
+  let l:thisl = substitute(getline(a:lnum), '//.*$', '', '')
+  let l:previ = indent(l:prevlnum)
+
+  let l:ind = l:previ
+
+  if l:prevl =~ '[({]\s*$'
+    " previous line opened a block
+    let l:ind += s:sw()
+  endif
+  if l:prevl =~# '^\s*\(case .*\|default\):$'
+    " previous line is part of a switch statement
+    let l:ind += s:sw()
+  endif
+  " TODO: handle if the previous line is a label.
+
+  if l:thisl =~ '^\s*[)}]'
+    " this line closed a block
+    let l:ind -= s:sw()
+  endif
+
+  " Colons are tricky.
+  " We want to outdent if it's part of a switch ("case foo:" or "default:").
+  " We ignore trying to deal with jump labels because (a) they're rare, and
+  " (b) they're hard to disambiguate from a composite literal key.
+  if l:thisl =~# '^\s*\(case .*\|default\):$'
+    let l:ind -= s:sw()
+  endif
+
+  return l:ind
+endfunction
+
+" vim: sw=2 sts=2 et

runtime/indent/j.vim

@@ -1,37 +1,50 @@
 " Vim indent file
 " Language:	J
 " Maintainer:	David Bürgin <676c7473@gmail.com>
-" Last Change:	2013-09-21
+" URL:		https://github.com/glts/vim-j
+" Last Change:	2014-04-05
 
-if exists("b:did_indent")
+if exists('b:did_indent')
   finish
 endif
 let b:did_indent = 1
 
 setlocal indentexpr=GetJIndent()
-setlocal indentkeys-=0{,0},\:,0#
-setlocal indentkeys+=0),=case.,=catch.,=catchd.,=catcht.,=do.,=else.,=elseif.,=end.,=fcase.
+setlocal indentkeys-=0{,0},:,0#
+setlocal indentkeys+=0),0<:>,=case.,=catch.,=catchd.,=catcht.,=do.,=else.,=elseif.,=end.,=fcase.
 
-let b:undo_indent = "setl indk< inde<"
+let b:undo_indent = 'setlocal indentkeys< indentexpr<'
 
-if exists("*GetJIndent")
+if exists('*GetJIndent')
   finish
 endif
 
-function GetJIndent()
+" If g:j_indent_definitions is true, the bodies of explicit definitions of
+" adverbs, conjunctions, and verbs will be indented. Default is false (0).
+if !exists('g:j_indent_definitions')
+  let g:j_indent_definitions = 0
+endif
+
+function GetJIndent() abort
   let prevlnum = prevnonblank(v:lnum-1)
   if prevlnum == 0
     return 0
   endif
-
   let indent = indent(prevlnum)
-  if getline(prevlnum) =~# '^\s*\%(case\|catch[dt]\=\|do\|else\%(if\)\=\|fcase\|for\%(_\a\k*\)\=\|if\|select\|try\|whil\%(e\|st\)\)\.'
-    if getline(prevlnum) !~# '\<end\.'
-      let indent += &shiftwidth
-    endif
+  let prevline = getline(prevlnum)
+  if prevline =~# '^\s*\%(case\|catch[dt]\=\|do\|else\%(if\)\=\|fcase\|for\%(_\a\k*\)\=\|if\|select\|try\|whil\%(e\|st\)\)\.\%(\%(\<end\.\)\@!.\)*$'
+    " Increase indentation after an initial control word that starts or
+    " continues a block and is not terminated by "end."
+    let indent += shiftwidth()
+  elseif g:j_indent_definitions && (prevline =~# '\<\%([1-4]\|13\|adverb\|conjunction\|verb\|monad\|dyad\)\s\+\%(:\s*0\|def\s\+0\|define\)\>' || prevline =~# '^\s*:\s*$')
+    " Increase indentation in explicit definitions of adverbs, conjunctions,
+    " and verbs
+    let indent += shiftwidth()
   endif
-  if getline(v:lnum) =~# '^\s*\%(case\|catch[dt]\=\|do\|else\%(if\)\=\|end\|fcase\)\.'
-    let indent -= &shiftwidth
+  " Decrease indentation in lines that start with either control words that
+  " continue or end a block, or the special items ")" and ":"
+  if getline(v:lnum) =~# '^\s*\%()\|:\|\%(case\|catch[dt]\=\|do\|else\%(if\)\=\|end\|fcase\)\.\)'
+    let indent -= shiftwidth()
   endif
   return indent
 endfunction

runtime/indent/json.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,168 @@
+" Vim indent file
+" Language:		JSON
+" Mantainer:		Eli Parra <eli@elzr.com> https://github.com/elzr/vim-json
+" Last Change:          2014 Aug 29
+"   https://github.com/jakar/vim-json/commit/20b650e22aa750c4ab6a66aa646bdd95d7cd548a#diff-e81fc111b2052e306d126bd9989f7b7c
+" Original Author:	Rogerz Zhang <rogerz.zhang at gmail.com> http://github.com/rogerz/vim-json
+" Acknowledgement:      Based off of vim-javascript maintained by Darrick Wiebe 
+"                       http://www.vim.org/scripts/script.php?script_id=2765
+
+" 0. Initialization {{{1
+" =================
+
+" Only load this indent file when no other was loaded.
+if exists("b:did_indent")
+  finish
+endif
+let b:did_indent = 1
+
+setlocal nosmartindent
+
+" Now, set up our indentation expression and keys that trigger it.
+setlocal indentexpr=GetJSONIndent()
+setlocal indentkeys=0{,0},0),0[,0],!^F,o,O,e
+
+" Only define the function once.
+if exists("*GetJSONIndent")
+  finish
+endif
+
+let s:cpo_save = &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
+" 1. Variables {{{1
+" ============
+
+let s:line_term = '\s*\%(\%(\/\/\).*\)\=$'
+" Regex that defines blocks.
+let s:block_regex = '\%({\)\s*\%(|\%([*@]\=\h\w*,\=\s*\)\%(,\s*[*@]\=\h\w*\)*|\)\=' . s:line_term
+
+" 2. Auxiliary Functions {{{1
+" ======================
+
+" Check if the character at lnum:col is inside a string.
+function s:IsInString(lnum, col)
+  return synIDattr(synID(a:lnum, a:col, 1), 'name') == 'jsonString'
+endfunction
+
+" Find line above 'lnum' that isn't empty, or in a string.
+function s:PrevNonBlankNonString(lnum)
+  let lnum = prevnonblank(a:lnum)
+  while lnum > 0
+    " If the line isn't empty or in a string, end search.
+    let line = getline(lnum)
+    if !(s:IsInString(lnum, 1) && s:IsInString(lnum, strlen(line)))
+      break
+    endif
+    let lnum = prevnonblank(lnum - 1)
+  endwhile
+  return lnum
+endfunction
+
+" Check if line 'lnum' has more opening brackets than closing ones.
+function s:LineHasOpeningBrackets(lnum)
+  let open_0 = 0
+  let open_2 = 0
+  let open_4 = 0
+  let line = getline(a:lnum)
+  let pos = match(line, '[][(){}]', 0)
+  while pos != -1
+    let idx = stridx('(){}[]', line[pos])
+    if idx % 2 == 0
+      let open_{idx} = open_{idx} + 1
+    else
+      let open_{idx - 1} = open_{idx - 1} - 1
+    endif
+    let pos = match(line, '[][(){}]', pos + 1)
+  endwhile
+  return (open_0 > 0) . (open_2 > 0) . (open_4 > 0)
+endfunction
+
+function s:Match(lnum, regex)
+  let col = match(getline(a:lnum), a:regex) + 1
+  return col > 0 && !s:IsInString(a:lnum, col) ? col : 0
+endfunction
+
+" 3. GetJSONIndent Function {{{1
+" =========================
+
+function GetJSONIndent()
+  " 3.1. Setup {{{2
+  " ----------
+
+  " Set up variables for restoring position in file.  Could use v:lnum here.
+  let vcol = col('.')
+
+  " 3.2. Work on the current line {{{2
+  " -----------------------------
+
+  " Get the current line.
+  let line = getline(v:lnum)
+  let ind = -1
+
+  " If we got a closing bracket on an empty line, find its match and indent
+  " according to it.
+  let col = matchend(line, '^\s*[]}]')
+
+  if col > 0 && !s:IsInString(v:lnum, col)
+    call cursor(v:lnum, col)
+    let bs = strpart('{}[]', stridx('}]', line[col - 1]) * 2, 2)
+
+    let pairstart = escape(bs[0], '[')
+    let pairend = escape(bs[1], ']')
+    let pairline = searchpair(pairstart, '', pairend, 'bW')
+
+    if pairline > 0 
+      let ind = indent(pairline)
+    else
+      let ind = virtcol('.') - 1
+    endif
+
+    return ind
+  endif
+
+  " If we are in a multi-line string, don't do anything to it.
+  if s:IsInString(v:lnum, matchend(line, '^\s*') + 1)
+    return indent('.')
+  endif
+
+  " 3.3. Work on the previous line. {{{2
+  " -------------------------------
+
+  let lnum = prevnonblank(v:lnum - 1)
+
+  if lnum == 0
+    return 0
+  endif
+
+  " Set up variables for current line.
+  let line = getline(lnum)
+  let ind = indent(lnum)
+
+  " If the previous line ended with a block opening, add a level of indent.
+  " if s:Match(lnum, s:block_regex)
+    " return indent(lnum) + &sw
+  " endif
+
+  " If the previous line contained an opening bracket, and we are still in it,
+  " add indent depending on the bracket type.
+  if line =~ '[[({]'
+    let counts = s:LineHasOpeningBrackets(lnum)
+    if counts[0] == '1' || counts[1] == '1' || counts[2] == '1'
+      return ind + &sw
+    else
+      call cursor(v:lnum, vcol)
+    end
+  endif
+
+  " }}}2
+
+  return ind
+endfunction
+
+" }}}1
+
+let &cpo = s:cpo_save
+unlet s:cpo_save
+
+" vim:set sw=2 sts=2 ts=8 noet:

runtime/indent/php.vim

@@ -3,8 +3,8 @@
 " Author:	John Wellesz <John.wellesz (AT) teaser (DOT) fr>
 " URL:		http://www.2072productions.com/vim/indent/php.vim
 " Home:		https://github.com/2072/PHP-Indenting-for-VIm
-" Last Change:	2013 August 7th
-" Version:	1.39
+" Last Change:	2014 April 3rd
+" Version:	1.49
 "
 "
 "	Type :help php-indent for available options
@@ -39,7 +39,8 @@
 "
 "	or simply 'let' the option PHP_removeCRwhenUnix to 1 and the script will
 "	silently remove them when VIM load this script (at each bufread).
-"
+
+
 
 if exists("b:did_indent")
     finish
@@ -126,14 +127,26 @@ if exists("*GetPhpIndent")
     finish " XXX -- comment this line for easy dev
 endif
 
+
+let s:notPhpHereDoc = '\%(break\|return\|continue\|exit\|die\|else\)'
+let s:blockstart = '\%(\%(\%(}\s*\)\=else\%(\s\+\)\=\)\=if\>\|\%(}\s*\)\?else\>\|do\>\|while\>\|switch\>\|case\>\|default\>\|for\%(each\)\=\>\|declare\>\|class\>\|trait\>\|use\>\|interface\>\|abstract\>\|final\>\|try\>\|\%(}\s*\)\=catch\>\|\%(}\s*\)\=finally\>\)'
+let s:functionDecl = '\<function\>\%(\s\+[a-zA-Z_\x7f-\xff][a-zA-Z0-9_\x7f-\xff]*\)\=\s*(.*'
 let s:endline= '\s*\%(//.*\|#.*\|/\*.*\*/\s*\)\=$'
+let s:terminated = '\%(\%(;\%(\s*\%(?>\|}\)\)\=\|<<<''\=\a\w*''\=$\|^\s*}\)'.s:endline.'\)\|^[^''"`]*[''"`]$'
 let s:PHP_startindenttag = '<?\%(.*?>\)\@!\|<script[^>]*>\%(.*<\/script>\)\@!'
 
 
+
+let s:escapeDebugStops = 0
 function! DebugPrintReturn(scriptLine)
 
-    echo "debug:" . a:scriptLine
-    call getchar()
+    if ! s:escapeDebugStops 
+	echo "debug:" . a:scriptLine
+	let c = getchar()
+	if c == "\<Del>"
+	    let s:escapeDebugStops = 1
+	end
+    endif
 
 endfunction
 
@@ -190,6 +203,11 @@ function! GetLastRealCodeLNum(startline) " {{{
 	    while getline(lnum) !~? tofind && lnum > 1
 		let lnum = lnum - 1
 	    endwhile
+	elseif lastline =~ '^[^''"`]*[''"`][;,]'.s:endline
+	    let tofind=substitute( lastline, '^.*\([''"`]\)[;,].*$', '^[^\1]\\+[\1]$', '')
+	    while getline(lnum) !~? tofind && lnum > 1
+		let lnum = lnum - 1
+	    endwhile
 	else
 	    break
 	endif
@@ -211,9 +229,9 @@ function! Skippmatch2()
     let line = getline(".")
 
     if line =~ "\\([\"']\\).*/\\*.*\\1" || line =~ '\%(//\|#\).*/\*'
-        return 1
+	return 1
     else
-        return 0
+	return 0
     endif
 endfun
 
@@ -226,9 +244,23 @@ function! Skippmatch()	" {{{
     endif
 endfun " }}}
 
-function! FindOpenBracket(lnum) " {{{
+function! FindOpenBracket(lnum, blockStarter) " {{{
     call cursor(a:lnum, 1)
-    return searchpair('{', '', '}', 'bW', 'Skippmatch()')
+    let line = searchpair('{', '', '}', 'bW', 'Skippmatch()')
+
+    if a:blockStarter == 1
+	while line > 1 
+	    let linec = getline(line)
+
+	    if linec =~ s:terminated || linec =~ '^\s*\%(' . s:blockstart . '\)\|'. s:functionDecl . s:endline
+		break
+	    endif
+
+	    let line = GetLastRealCodeLNum(line - 1)
+	endwhile
+    endif
+
+    return line
 endfun " }}}
 
 function! FindTheIfOfAnElse (lnum, StopAfterFirstPrevElse) " {{{
@@ -248,7 +280,7 @@ function! FindTheIfOfAnElse (lnum, StopAfterFirstPrevElse) " {{{
     endif
 
     if getline(beforeelse) =~ '^\s*}'
-	let beforeelse = FindOpenBracket(beforeelse)
+	let beforeelse = FindOpenBracket(beforeelse, 0)
 
 	if getline(beforeelse) =~ '^\s*{'
 	    let beforeelse = GetLastRealCodeLNum(beforeelse - 1)
@@ -285,13 +317,13 @@ function! FindTheSwitchIndent (lnum) " {{{
 	return indent(1) - &sw * b:PHP_vintage_case_default_indent
     end
 
-    if getline(test) =~ '^\s*}'
-	let test = FindOpenBracket(test)
+    while getline(test) =~ '^\s*}' && test > 1
+	let test = GetLastRealCodeLNum(FindOpenBracket(test, 0) - 1)
 
-	if getline(test) =~ '^\s*{'
-	    let test = GetLastRealCodeLNum(GetLastRealCodeLNum(test - 1) - 1)
+	if getline(test) =~ '^\s*switch\>'
+	    let test = GetLastRealCodeLNum(test - 1)
 	endif
-    endif
+    endwhile
 
     if getline(test) =~# '^\s*switch\>'
 	return indent(test)
@@ -308,7 +340,7 @@ function! IslinePHP (lnum, tofind) " {{{
     let cline = getline(a:lnum)
 
     if a:tofind==""
-	let tofind = "^\\s*[\"']*\\s*\\zs\\S"
+	let tofind = "^\\s*[\"'`]*\\s*\\zs\\S"
     else
 	let tofind = a:tofind
     endif
@@ -319,6 +351,14 @@ function! IslinePHP (lnum, tofind) " {{{
 
     let synname = synIDattr(synID(a:lnum, coltotest, 0), "name")
 
+    if synname == 'phpStringSingle' || synname == 'phpStringDouble' || synname == 'phpBacktick'
+	if cline !~ '^\s*[''"`]'
+	    return ""
+	else
+	    return synname
+	end
+    end
+
     if get(s:SynPHPMatchGroups, synname) || synname =~ '^php' ||  synname =~? '^javaScript'
 	return synname
     else
@@ -326,9 +366,6 @@ function! IslinePHP (lnum, tofind) " {{{
     endif
 endfunction " }}}
 
-let s:notPhpHereDoc = '\%(break\|return\|continue\|exit\|die\|else\)'
-let s:blockstart = '\%(\%(\%(}\s*\)\=else\%(\s\+\)\=\)\=if\>\|else\>\|while\>\|switch\>\|case\>\|default\>\|for\%(each\)\=\>\|declare\>\|class\>\|interface\>\|abstract\>\|try\>\|catch\>\)'
-
 let s:autoresetoptions = 0
 if ! s:autoresetoptions
     let s:autoresetoptions = 1
@@ -344,7 +381,6 @@ function! ResetPhpOptions()
 	    setlocal formatoptions+=q
 	    setlocal formatoptions+=r
 	    setlocal formatoptions+=o
-	    setlocal formatoptions+=w
 	    setlocal formatoptions+=c
 	    setlocal formatoptions+=b
 	endif
@@ -443,6 +479,7 @@ function! GetPhpIndent()
     " Test if we are indenting PHP code {{{
     let lnum = prevnonblank(v:lnum - 1)
     let last_line = getline(lnum)
+    let endline= s:endline
 
     if b:InPHPcode_tofind!=""
 	if cline =~? b:InPHPcode_tofind
@@ -483,6 +520,9 @@ function! GetPhpIndent()
 		let b:InPHPcode_and_script = 1
 	    endif
 
+	elseif last_line =~ '^[^''"`]\+[''"`]$' " a string identifier with nothing after it and no other string identifier before
+	    let b:InPHPcode = 0
+	    let b:InPHPcode_tofind = substitute( last_line, '^.*\([''"`]\).*$', '^[^\1]*\1[;,]$', '')
 	elseif last_line =~? '<<<''\=\a\w*''\=$'
 	    let b:InPHPcode = 0
 	    let b:InPHPcode_tofind = substitute( last_line, '^.*<<<''\=\(\a\w*\)''\=$', '^\\s*\1;\\=$', '')
@@ -545,7 +585,7 @@ function! GetPhpIndent()
 	return 0
     endif
 
-    if cline =~? '^\s*\a\w*;$\|^\a\w*$' && cline !~? s:notPhpHereDoc
+    if cline =~? '^\s*\a\w*;$\|^\a\w*$\|^\s*[''"`][;,]' && cline !~? s:notPhpHereDoc
 	return 0
     endif " }}}
 
@@ -555,7 +595,6 @@ function! GetPhpIndent()
 
     let last_line = getline(lnum)
     let ind = indent(lnum)
-    let endline= s:endline
 
     if ind==0 && b:PHP_default_indenting
 	let ind = b:PHP_default_indenting
@@ -567,7 +606,7 @@ function! GetPhpIndent()
 
 
     if cline =~ '^\s*}\%(}}\)\@!'
-	let ind = indent(FindOpenBracket(v:lnum))
+	let ind = indent(FindOpenBracket(v:lnum, 1))
 	let b:PHP_CurrentIndentLevel = b:PHP_default_indenting
 	return ind
     endif
@@ -599,7 +638,7 @@ function! GetPhpIndent()
 
     let LastLineClosed = 0
 
-    let terminated = '\%(;\%(\s*\%(?>\|}\)\)\=\|<<<''\=\a\w*''\=$\|^\s*}\)'.endline
+    let terminated = s:terminated
 
     let unstated   = '\%(^\s*'.s:blockstart.'.*)\|\%(//.*\)\@<!\<e'.'lse\>\)'.endline
 
@@ -614,7 +653,7 @@ function! GetPhpIndent()
 
 	while last_line_num > 1
 
-	    if previous_line =~ '^\s*\%(' . s:blockstart . '\|\%([a-zA-Z]\s*\)*function\)'
+	    if previous_line =~ terminated || previous_line =~ '^\s*\%(' . s:blockstart . '\)\|'. s:functionDecl . endline
 
 		let ind = indent(last_line_num)
 
@@ -625,7 +664,7 @@ function! GetPhpIndent()
 		return ind
 	    endif
 
-	    let last_line_num = last_line_num - 1
+	    let last_line_num = GetLastRealCodeLNum(last_line_num - 1)
 	    let previous_line = getline(last_line_num)
 	endwhile
 
@@ -638,22 +677,29 @@ function! GetPhpIndent()
 	let last_line_num = lnum
 	let LastLineClosed = 1
 
+	let isSingleLineBlock = 0
 	while 1
-	    if previous_line =~ '^\s*}\|;\s*}'.endline " XXX
+	    if ! isSingleLineBlock && previous_line =~ '^\s*}\|;\s*}'.endline " XXX
 
 		call cursor(last_line_num, 1)
-		call search('}\|;\s*}'.endline, 'W')
+		if previous_line !~ '^}'
+		    call search('}\|;\s*}'.endline, 'W')
+		end
 		let oldLastLine = last_line_num
 		let last_line_num = searchpair('{', '', '}', 'bW', 'Skippmatch()')
 
-		if oldLastLine == last_line_num || getline(last_line_num) =~ '^\s*{'
+		if getline(last_line_num) =~ '^\s*{'
 		    let last_line_num = GetLastRealCodeLNum(last_line_num - 1)
+		elseif oldLastLine == last_line_num
+		    let isSingleLineBlock = 1
+		    continue
 		endif
 
 		let previous_line = getline(last_line_num)
 
 		continue
 	    else
+		let isSingleLineBlock = 0
 
 		if getline(last_line_num) =~# '^\s*else\%(if\)\=\>'
 		    let last_line_num = FindTheIfOfAnElse(last_line_num, 0)
@@ -711,7 +757,12 @@ function! GetPhpIndent()
 
 	if last_line =~# '[{(\[]'.endline || last_line =~? '\h\w*\s*(.*,$' && AntepenultimateLine !~ '[,(]'.endline
 
-	    if !b:PHP_BracesAtCodeLevel || last_line !~# '^\s*{'
+	    let dontIndent = 0
+	    if last_line =~ '\S\+\s*{'.endline && last_line !~ '^\s*\%(' . s:blockstart . '\)\|'. s:functionDecl . s:endline
+		let dontIndent = 1
+	    endif
+
+	    if !dontIndent && (!b:PHP_BracesAtCodeLevel || last_line !~# '^\s*{')
 		let ind = ind + &sw
 	    endif
 
@@ -723,7 +774,7 @@ function! GetPhpIndent()
 
 	elseif last_line =~ '\S\+\s*),'.endline
 	    call cursor(lnum, 1)
-	    call search('),'.endline, 'W')
+	    call search('),'.endline, 'W') " line never begins with ) so no need for 'c' flag
 	    let openedparent = searchpair('(', '', ')', 'bW', 'Skippmatch()')
 	    if openedparent != lnum
 		let ind = indent(openedparent)

runtime/indent/rhelp.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+" Vim indent file
+" Language:	R Documentation (Help), *.Rd
+" Author:	Jakson Alves de Aquino <jalvesaq@gmail.com>
+" Last Change:	Wed Jul 09, 2014  07:34PM
+
+
+" Only load this indent file when no other was loaded.
+if exists("b:did_indent")
+  finish
+endif
+runtime indent/r.vim
+let s:RIndent = function(substitute(&indentexpr, "()", "", ""))
+let b:did_indent = 1
+
+setlocal indentkeys=0{,0},:,!^F,o,O,e
+setlocal indentexpr=GetRHelpIndent()
+
+" Only define the function once.
+if exists("*GetRHelpIndent")
+  finish
+endif
+
+setlocal noautoindent
+setlocal nocindent
+setlocal nosmartindent
+setlocal nolisp
+
+setlocal indentkeys=0{,0},:,!^F,o,O,e
+setlocal indentexpr=GetCorrectRHelpIndent()
+
+function s:SanitizeRHelpLine(line)
+  let newline = substitute(a:line, '\\\\', "x", "g")
+  let newline = substitute(newline, '\\{', "x", "g")
+  let newline = substitute(newline, '\\}', "x", "g")
+  let newline = substitute(newline, '\\%', "x", "g")
+  let newline = substitute(newline, '%.*', "", "")
+  let newline = substitute(newline, '\s*$', "", "")
+  return newline
+endfunction
+
+function GetRHelpIndent()
+
+  let clnum = line(".")    " current line
+  if clnum == 1
+    return 0
+  endif
+  let cline = getline(clnum)
+
+  if cline =~ '^\s*}\s*$'
+    let i = clnum
+    let bb = -1
+    while bb != 0 && i > 1
+      let i -= 1
+      let line = s:SanitizeRHelpLine(getline(i))
+      let line2 = substitute(line, "{", "", "g")
+      let openb = strlen(line) - strlen(line2)
+      let line3 = substitute(line2, "}", "", "g")
+      let closeb = strlen(line2) - strlen(line3)
+      let bb += openb - closeb
+    endwhile
+    return indent(i)
+  endif
+
+  if cline =~ '^\s*#ifdef\>' || cline =~ '^\s*#endif\>'
+    return 0
+  endif
+
+  let lnum = clnum - 1
+  let line = getline(lnum)
+  if line =~ '^\s*#ifdef\>' || line =~ '^\s*#endif\>'
+    let lnum -= 1
+    let line = getline(lnum)
+  endif
+  while lnum > 1 && (line =~ '^\s*$' || line =~ '^#ifdef' || line =~ '^#endif')
+    let lnum -= 1
+    let line = getline(lnum)
+  endwhile
+  if lnum == 1
+    return 0
+  endif
+  let line = s:SanitizeRHelpLine(line)
+  let line2 = substitute(line, "{", "", "g")
+  let openb = strlen(line) - strlen(line2)
+  let line3 = substitute(line2, "}", "", "g")
+  let closeb = strlen(line2) - strlen(line3)
+  let bb = openb - closeb
+
+  let ind = indent(lnum) + (bb * &sw)
+
+  if line =~ '^\s*}\s*$'
+    let ind = indent(lnum)
+  endif
+
+  if ind < 0
+    return 0
+  endif
+
+  return ind
+endfunction
+
+function GetCorrectRHelpIndent()
+  let lastsection = search('^\\[a-z]*{', "bncW")
+  let secname = getline(lastsection)
+  if secname =~ '^\\usage{' || secname =~ '^\\examples{' || secname =~ '^\\dontshow{' || secname =~ '^\\dontrun{' || secname =~ '^\\donttest{' || secname =~ '^\\testonly{' || secname =~ '^\\method{.*}{.*}('
+    return s:RIndent()
+  else
+    return GetRHelpIndent()
+  endif
+endfunction
+
+" vim: sw=2